四六级学习网

2005年12月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:52:00.000+08:00

2005年12月24日大学英语六级考试A卷试题含答案

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)
Section A
1.A) The dean should have consulted her on the appointment.
B) Dr. Holden should have taken over the position earlier.
C) She doesn’t think Dr. Holden has made a wise choice.
D) Dr. Holden is the best person for the chairmanship.

2 .A) They’ll keep in touch during the summer vacation
B) They’ll hold a party before the summer vacation
C) They’ll do odd jobs together at the school library
D) They’ll get back to their school once in a while

3. A)Peaches are in season now.
B)Peaches are not at their best now.
C)The woman didn’t know how to bargain.
D)The woman helped the man choose the fruit.

4.A)They join the physics club.
B)They ask for an extension of the deadline.
C)They work on the assignment together.
D)They choose an easier assignment.

5.A)She admires Jean’s straightforwardness
B)She thinks Dr. Brown deserves the praise
C)She will talk to Jean about what happened
D)She believes Jean was rude to Dr. Brown

6.A)He liked writing when he was a child
B)He enjoyed reading stories in Reader’s Digest
C)He used to be an editor of Reader’s Digest
D)He became well known at the age of six

7.A)He shows great enthusiasm for his studies
B)He is a very versatile person
C)He has no talent for tennis
D)He does not study hard enough

8 A) John has lost something at the railway station
B) There are several railway stations in the city
C) It will be very difficult for them to find John
D) The train that John is taking will arrive soon

9. A)Its rapid growth is beneficial to the world
B)It can be seen as a model by the rest of the world
C)Its success can’t be explained by elementary economics
D)It will continue to surge forward

10.A)It takes only 5 minutes to reach the campus from the apartments
B)Most students can’t afford to live in the new apartments
C)The new apartments are not available until next month
D)The new apartments can accommodate 500 students
　
Section B
11.A)The role of immigrants in the construction of American society
B)The importance of offering diverse courses in European history
C)The need for greater cultural diversity in the school curriculum
D)The historic landing of Europeans on the Virginia shore

12.A)He was wondering if the speaker was used to living in America
B)He was trying to show friendliness to the speaker
C)He wanted to keep their conversation going
D)He believed the speaker was a foreigner

13.A)The US population doesn’t consist of white European descendants only
B)Asian tourists can speak English as well as native speakers of the language
C)Colored people are not welcome in the United States
D)Americans are in need of education in their history

14.A)By making laws
B)By enforcing discipline
C)By educating the public
D)By holding ceremonies

15.A)It should be raised by soldiers
B)It should be raised quickly by hand
C)It should be raised only by Americans
D)It should be raised by mechanical means

16.A)It should be attached to the status
B)It should be hung from the top of the monument
C)It should be spread over the object to be unveiled
D)It should be carried high up in the air

17.A)There has been a lot of controversy over the use of flag
B)The best athletes can wear uniforms with the design of the flag
C)There are precise regulations and customs to be followed
D)Americans can print the flag on their cushions or handkerchiefs

Passage Three
18.A)Punishment by teachers
B)Poor academic performance
C)Truancy
D)Illness

19.A)The Board of Education
B)Principals of city schools
C)Students with good academic records
D)Students with good attendance records

20 . A) Punishing students who damage school property
B) Rewarding schools that have decreased the destruction
C) Promoting teachers who can prevent the destruction
D) Cutting the budget for repairs and replacements

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)
Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.
Passage one
Too many vulnerable child-free adults are being ruthlessly(无情的)manipulated into parent-hood by their parents , who think that happiness among older people depends on having a grand-child to spoil. We need an organization to help beat down the persistent campaigns of grandchildless parents. It’s time to establish Planned Grandparenthood, which would have many global and local benefits.
Part of its mission would be to promote the risks and realities associated with being a grandparent. The staff would include depressed grandparents who would explain how grandkids break lamps, bite, scream and kick. Others would detail how an hour of baby-sitting often turns into a crying marathon. More grandparents would testify that they had to pay for their grandchild’s expensive college education.
Planned grandparenthood’s carefully written literature would detail all the joys of life grand-child-free a calm living room, extra money for luxuries during the golden years, etc. Potential grandparents would be reminded that, without grandchildren around, it’s possible to have a conversation with your kids, who----incidentally-----would have more time for their own parents .
Meanwhile, most children are vulnerable to the enormous influence exerted by grandchildless parents aiming to persuade their kids to produce children . They will take a call from a persistent parent, even if they’re loaded with works. In addition, some parents make handsome money offers payable upon the grandchild’s birth. Sometimes these gifts not only cover expenses associated with the infant’s birth, but extras, too, like a vacation. In any case, cash gifts can weaken the resolve of even the noblest person.
At Planned Grandparenthood, children targeted by their parents to reproduce could obtain non-biased information about the insanity of having their own kids. The catastrophic psychological and economic costs of childbearing would be emphasized. The symptoms of morning sickness would be listed and horrors of childbirth pictured. A monthly newsletter would contain stories about overwhelmed parents and offer guidance on how childless adults can respond to the different lobbying tactics that would-be grandparents employ.
When I think about all the problems of our overpopulated world and look at our boy grabbing at the lamp by the sofa, I wish I could have turned to Planned Grandparenthood when my parents were putting the grandchild squeeze on me.
If I could have, I might not be in this parenthood predicament( 窘境) . But here’s the crazy irony, I don’t want my child-free life back . Dylan’s too much fun.
21. What’s the purpose of the proposed organization Planned Grandparenthood?
A) To encourage childless couples to have children.
B) To provide facilities and services for grandchildless parents.
C) To offer counseling to people on how to raise grandchildren.
D) To discourage people from insisting on having grandchildren.

22. Planned Grandparenthood would include depressed grandparents on its staff in order to____.
A) show them the joys of life grandparents may have in raising grandchildren
B) draw attention to the troubles and difficulties grandchildren may cause
C) share their experience in raising grandchildren in a more scientific way
D) help raise funds to cover the high expense of education for grandchildren

23. According to the passage, some couples may eventually choose to have children because_____.
A) they find it hard to resist the carrot-and-stick approach of their parents
B) they have learn from other parents about the joys of having children
C) they feel more and more lonely ad they grow older
D) they have found it irrational to remain childless

24.By saying “… my parents were putting the grandchild squeeze on me” (Line 2-3,Para. 6), the author means that _________.
A) her parents kept pressuring her to have a child
B) her parents liked to have a grandchild in their arms
C) her parents asked her to save for the expenses of raising a child
D) her parents kept blaming her for her child’s bad behavior

25.What does the author really of the idea of having children?
A) It does more harm than good.
B) It contributes to overpopulation.
C) It is troublesome but rewarding.
D) It is a psychological catastrophe

Passage Two
Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.
Ask most people how they define the American Dream and chances are they’ll say, “Success.” The dream of individual opportunity has been home in American since Europeans discovered a “new world” in the Western Hemisphere. Early immigrants like Hector St. Jean de Crevecoeur praised highly the freedom and opportunity to be found in this new land. His glowing descriptions of a classless society where anyone could attain success through honesty and hard work fired the imaginations of many European readers: in Letters from an American Farmer (1782) he wrote. “We are all excited at the spirit of an industry which is unfettered (无拘无束的) and unrestrained, because each person works for himself … We have no princes, for whom we toil (干苦力活)，starve, and bleed: we are the most perfect society now existing in the world.” The promise of a land where “the rewards of a man’s industry follow with equal steps the progress of his labor” drew poor immigrants from Europe and fueled national expansion into the western territories.
Our national mythology (神化) is full of illustration the American success story. There’s Benjamin Franklin, the very model of the self-educated, self-made man, who rose from modest origins to become a well-known scientist, philosopher, and statesman. In the nineteenth century, Horatio Alger, a writer of fiction for young boys, became American’s best-selling author with rags-to-riches tales. The notion of success haunts us: we spend million every year reading about the rich and famous, learning how to “make a fortune in real estate with no money down,” and “dressing for success.” The myth of success has even invaded our personal relationships: today it’s as important to be “successful” in marriage or parenthoods as it is to come out on top in business.
But dreams easily turn into nightmares. Every American who hopes to “make it” also knows the fear of failure, because the myth of success inevitably implies comparison between the haves and the have-nots, the stars and the anonymous crowd. Under pressure of the myth, we become indulged in status symbols: we try to live in the “right” neighborhoods, wear the “right” clothes, eat the “right” foods. These symbols of distinction assure us and others that we believe strongly in the fundamental equality of all, yet strive as hard as we can to separate ourselves from our fellow citizens.

26. What is the essence of the American Dream according to Crevecoeur?
A) People are free to develop their power of imagination.
B) People who are honest and work hard can succeed.
C) People are free from exploitation and oppression.
D) People can fully enjoy individual freedom.

27.By saying “the rewards of a man’s industry follow with equal steps the progress of his labor” (Line 10, Para. 1), the author means __________ .
A) the more diligent one is, the bigger his returns
B) laborious work ensures the growth of an industry
C) a man’s business should be developed step by step
D) a company’s success depends on its employees’ hard work

28. The characters described in Horatio Alger’s novels are people who _______.
A) succeed in real estate investment
B) earned enormous fortunes by chances
C) became wealthy after starting life very poor
D) became famous despite their modest origins

29. It can be inferred from the last sentence of the second paragraph that _________.
A) business success often contributes to a successful marriage
B) Americans wish to succeed in every aspect of life
C) good personal relationships lead to business success
D) successful business people provide good care for their children

30. What is the paradox of American culture according to the author?
A) The American road to success is full of nightmares.
B) Status symbols are not a real indicator of a person’s wealth.
C) The American Dream is nothing but an empty dream.
D) What Americans strive after often contradicts their beliefs.

Passage Three
Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage.
Public distrust of scientists stems in part from the blurring of boundaries between science and technology, between discovery and manufacture. Most government, perhaps all governments, justify public expenditure on scientific research in terms of the economic benefits the scientific enterprise ha brought in the past and will bring in the future. Politicians remind their voters of the splendid machines ‘our scientists’ have invented, the new drugs to relieve old ailments (病痛), and the new surgical equipment and techniques by which previously intractable (难治疗的) conditions may now be treated and lives saved. At the same time, the politicians demand of scientists that they tailor their research to ‘economics needs’, that they award a higher priority to research proposals that are ‘near the market’ and can be translated into the greatest return on investment in the shortest time. Dependent, as they are, on politicians for much of their funding, scientists have little choice but to comply. Like the rest of us, they are members of a society that rates the creation of wealth as the greatest possible good. Many have reservations, but keep them to themselves in what they perceive as a climate hostile to the pursuit of understanding for its own sake and the idea of an inquiring, creative spirit.
In such circumstances no one should be too hard on people who are suspicious of conflicts of interest. When we learn that the distinguished professor assuring us of the safety of a particular product holds a consultancy with the company making it, we cannot be blamed for wondering whether his fee might conceivably cloud his professional judgment. Even if the professor holds no consultancy with any firm, some people many still distrust him because of his association with those who do, or at least wonder about the source of some his research funding.
This attitude can have damaging effects. It questions the integrity of individuals working in a profession that prizes intellectual honesty as the supreme virtue, and plays into the hands of those who would like to discredit scientists by representing then a venal (可以收买的). This makes it easier to dismiss all scientific pronouncements, but especially those made by the scientists who present themselves as ‘experts’. The scientist most likely to understand the safety of a nuclear reactor, for example, is a nuclear engineer declares that a reactor is unsafe, we believe him, because clearly it is not to his advantage to lie about it. If he tells us it is safe, on the other hand, we distrust him, because he may well be protecting the employer who pays his salary.

31. What is the chief concern of most governments when it comes to scientific research?
A) Support from the votes.
B) The reduction of public expenditure.
C) Quick economics returns.
D) The budget for a research project.

32. Scientist have to adapt their research to ‘economic needs’ in order to _________ .
A) impress the public with their achievements
B) pursue knowledge for knowledge’s sake
C) obtain funding from the government
D) translate knowledge into wealth

33. Why won’t scientists complain about the government’s policy concerning scientific research?
A) They think they work in an environment hostile to the free pursuit of knowledge.
B) They are accustomed to keeping their opinions to themselves.
C) They know it takes patience to win support from the public.
D) They think compliance with government policy is in the interests of the public.

34. According to the author, people are suspicious of the professional judgment of scientists because ___________ .
A) their pronouncements often turn out to be wrong
B) sometimes they hide the source of their research funding
C) some of them do not give priority to intellectual honesty
D) they could be influenced by their association with the project concerned

35. Why does the author say that public distrust of scientists can have damaging effects?
A) It makes things difficult for scientists seeking research funds.
B) People would not believe scientists even when they tell the truth.
C) It may dampen the enthusiasm of scientists for independent research.
D) Scientists themselves may doubt the value of their research findings.

Passage Four
Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.
In many ways, today’s business environment has changed qualitatively since the late 1980s. The end of the Cold War radically altered the very nature of the world’s politics and economics. In just a few short years, globalization has started a variety of trends with profound consequences: the opening of markets, true global competition, widespread deregulation (解除政府对……的控制) of industry, and an abundance of accessible capital. We have experienced both the benefits and risks of a truly global economy, with both Wall Street and Main Street (平民百姓) feeling the pains of economic disorder half a world away.
At the same time, we have fully entered the Information Age, Starting breakthroughs in information technology have irreversibly altered the ability to conduct business unconstrained by the traditional limitations of time or space. Today, it’s almost impossible to imagine a world without intranets, e-mail, and portable computers. With stunning speed, the Internet is profoundly changing the way we work, shop, do business, and communicate.
As a consequence, we have truly entered the Post-Industrial economy. We are rapidly shifting from an economy based on manufacturing and commodities to one that places the greatest value on information, services, support, and distribution. That shift, in turn, place an unprecedented premium on “knowledge workers,” a new class of wealthy, educated, and mobile people who view themselves as free agents in a seller’s market.
Beyond the realm of information technology, the accelerated pace of technological change in virtually every industry has created entirely new business, wiped out others, and produced a Pervasive( 广泛的) demand for continuous innovation. New product, process ,and distribution technologies provide powerful levers for creating competitive value. More companies are learning the importance of destructive technologies-----innovations that hold the potential to make a product line, or even an entire business segment, virtually outdated.
Another major trend has been the fragmentation of consumer and business markets. There’s a growing appreciation that superficially similar groups of customers may have very different preferences in terms of what they want to buy and how they want to buy it. Now, new technology makes it easier, faster ,and cheaper to identify and serve targeted micro-markets in ways that were physically impossible or prohibitively expensive in the past. Moreover, the trend feeds on itself, a business’s ability to serve sub-markets fuels customers’ appetites for more and more specialized offerings.

36. According to the first paragraph, the chances in the business environment in the past decades can be attributed to __________.
A) technological advances
B) worldwide economic disorder
C) the fierce competition in industry
D) the globalization of economy

37. what idea does the author want to convey in the second paragraph ?
A) The rapid development of information technology has taken businessmen by surprise
B) Information technology has removed the restrictions of time and space in business transactions
C) The Internet, intranets, e-mail, and portable computers have penetrated every corner of the world.
D) The way we do business today has brought about startling breakthroughs in information technology.

38. If a business wants to thrive in the Post-Industrial economy,__________
A) it has to invest more capital in the training of free agents to operate in a seller’s market
B) it should try its best to satisfy the increasing demands of mobile knowledgeable people
C) it should not overlook the importance of information, services, support, and distribution
D) it has to provide each of its employees with the latest information about the changing market

39. In the author’s view, destructive technologies are innovations which _________
A) can eliminate an entire business segment
B) demand a radical change in providing services
C) may destroy the potential of a company to make any profit
D) call for continuous improvement in ways of doing business

40. With the fragmentation of consumer and business markets ______________
A) an increasing number of companies have disintegrated
B) manufacturers must focus on one special product to remain competitive in the market
C) it is physically impossible and prohibitively expensive to do business in the old way
D) businesses have to meet individual customers’ specific needs in order to succeed .

Part III Vocabulary (20minutes)
41. It seems somewhat ___________ to expect anyone to drive 3 hours just for a 20-minute meeting.
A) eccentric B) impossible C) absurd D) unique

42. This area of the park has been specially __________ for children, but accompanying adults are also welcome.
A) inaugurated B) designated C) entitled D) delegated

43. The girl’s face __________ with embarrassment during the interview when she couldn’t answer the tough question.
A) beamed B) dazzled C) radiated D) flushed

44. Slavery was __________ in Canada in 1833, and Canadian authorities encouraged the slaves, who escaped from America, to settle on its vast virgin land
A) diluted B) dissipated C) abolished D) resigned

45. Unfortunately, the new edition of dictionary is __________ in all major bookshops.
A) out of reach B) out of stock C) out of business D) out of season

46. The hands on my alarm clock are __________, so I can see what time it is in the dark.
A) exotic B) gorgeous C) luminous D) spectacular

47. Psychologists have done extensive studies on how well patients __________ with doctors’ orders.
A) comply B) correspond C) interfere D) interact

48. In today’s class, the students were asked to __their mistakes on the exam paper and put in their possible corrections.
A) cancel B) omit C)extinguish D)erase

49. The Government’s policies will come under close __ in the weeks before the election.
A) appreciation B) specification C)scrutiny D)apprehension

50. Police and villagers unanimously __the forest fire to thunder and lightning.
A) ascribed B) approached C)confirmed D)confined

51. In some remote places there are still very poor people who can’t afford to live in __conditions.
A) gracious B) decent C)honorable D)positive

52. Since our knowledge is __ none of us can exclude the possibility of being wrong.
A) controlled B )restrained C)finite D)delicate

53. You shouldn’t __your father’s instructions. Anyway he is an experienced teacher.
A) deduce B) deliberate C)defy　 D)denounce

54. The company management attempted to __information that was not favorable to them, but it was all in vain.
A) suppress B) supplement C)concentrate D)Plug

55. It is my hope that everyone in this class should __ their errors before it is too late.
A) refute B) exclude C)expel D)rectify

56. The boy’s foolish question __his mother who was busy with housework and had no interest in talking.
A) Intrigued B) fascinated C) irritated D)stimulated

57. Millions of people around the world have some type of physical, mental, or emotional __ that severely limits their abilities to manage their daily activities.
A) scandal B) misfortune C)deficit D)handicap

58. It is believed that the feeding patterns parents __ on their children can determine their adolescent and adult eating habits.
A) compel B) impose C)evoke　 D)necessitate

59.If the value-added tax were done away with, it would act as a __ to consumption.
A) progression B) prime C)stability D)stimulus

60. The bride and groom promised to __ each other through sickness and health.
A) nourish B) nominate C)roster D)cherish

61. They’re going to build a big office block on that __ piece of land.
A) void B) vacant C)blank D)shallow

62. Without any hesitation, she took off her shoes, __up her skirt and splashed across the stream.
A) tucked B) revolved C)twisted D)curled

63.Very few people could understand his lecture because the subject was very __.
A) faint B) obscure C)gloomy D)indefinite

64. Professor Smith explained the movement of light__ that of water.
A) by analogy with B) by virtue of C)in line with D)in terms of

65. Tom is bankrupt now. He is desperate because all his efforts __ failure.
A) tumbled to B) hinged upon C)inflicted on D)culminated in

66. While fashion is thought of usually __ clothing, it is important to realize that it covers a much wider domain.
A) in relation to B) in proportion to C)by means of D)on behalf of

67. The meaning of the sentence is __; you can interpret it in several ways.
A) skeptical B) intelligible C)ambiguous D)exclusive

68. Cancer is a group of diseases in which there is uncontrolled and disordered growth of __ cells.
A) irrelevant B) inferior C)controversial D)abnormal

69.At that time, the economy was still undergoing a __,and job offers were hard to get.
A) concession B) supervision C)recession D)deviation

70.I could hear nothing but the roar of the airplane engines which __all other sounds.
A) overturned B) drowned C)deafened D)smoothed

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Every week hundreds of CVs(简历) land on our desks.

We’ve seen it all: CVs printed on pink paper, CVs that are 10

pages long and CVs with silly mistakes in first paragraph. A S1 _____________

good CV is your passport to an interview and ,ultimate , to S2______________

the job you want Initial impressions are vital, and a badly presented CV

could mean acceptance, regardless of what’s in it. S3______________

Here are a few ways to avoid end up on the reject pile. S4______________

Print your CV on good-quality white paper.

CVs with flowery backgrounds or pink paper will

stand out upon all the wrong reasons S5_______________

Get someone to check for spelling and grammatical

errors, because a spell-checker will pick up every S6_______________

mistake. CVs with errors will be rejected-it shows

that you don’t pay attention to detail.

Restrict your self to one or two pages, and

listing any publications or referees on a separate sheet. S7_______________

If you are sending your CV electronically, check the

formatting by sending it to yourself first. keep up S8______________

the format simple.

Do not send a photo unless specifically requested. If

you have to send on ,make sure it is one taking in a S9_____________

professional setting, rather than a holiday snap.

Getting the presentation right is just the first step. What

about the content? The Rule here is to keep it factual and

Truthful-exaggerations usually get find out. And remember S10____________

to tailor your CV to each different job.

Part V Writing (30minutes)
Direction For this part ,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a letter to a company declining a job offer, You should write at least 150 words following the outline given below
1、对公司提供职位表示感谢
2、解释为何不能接受所提供的职位
3、希望给与谅解，并表达对公司的良好祝愿

A Letter Declining a Job Offer

Part I Listening Comprehension(20 minutes)
Section A
1. D) Dr. Holden is the best person for the chairmanship.
2. A) They’ll keep in touch during the summer vacation
3. B) Peaches are not at their best now.
4. C) They work on the assignment together.
5. A) She admires Jean’s straightforwardness
6. A) He liked writing when he was a child
7. D) He does not study hard enough
8. C) It will be very difficult for them to find John
9. A) Its rapid growth is beneficial to the world
10. B) Most students can’t afford to live in the new apartments
Section B
Passage One
11. C) The need for greater cultural diversity in the school curriculum
12. D) He believed the speaker was a foreigner
13. A) The US population doesn’t consist of white European descendants only
Passage Two
14. A) By making laws
15. B) It should be raised quickly by hand
16. D) It should be carried high up in the air
17. C) There are precise regulations and customs to be followed
Passage Three
18. C) Truancy
19. D) Students with good attendance records
20. B) Rewarding schools that have decreased the destruction

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)
Passage one
21. D) To discourage people from insisting on having grandchildren.
22. B) draw attention to the troubles and difficulties grandchildren may cause
23. A) they find it hard to resist the carrot-and-stick approach of their parents
24. A) her parents kept pressuring her to have a child
25. C) It is troublesome but rewarding.
Passage Two
26. D) People can fully enjoy individual freedom.
27. A) the more diligent one is, the bigger his returns
28. C) became wealthy after starting life very poor
29. B) Americans wish to succeed in every aspect of life
30. D) What Americans strive after often contradicts their beliefs.
Passage Three
31. B) The reduction of public expenditure.
32. C) obtain funding from the government
33. A) They think they work in an environment hostile to the free pursuit of knowledge.
34. D) they could be influenced by their association with the project concerned
35. B) People would not believe scientists even when they tell the truth.
Passage Four
36. D) the globalization of economy
37. B) Information technology has removed the restrictions of time and space in business transactions
38. C) it should not overlook the importance of information, services, support, and distribution
39. A) can eliminate an entire business segment
40. D) businesses have to meet individual customers’ specific needs in order to succeed

Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)
41. C) absurd
42. C) entitled
43. D) flushed
44. C) abolished
45. B) out of stock
46. C) luminous
47. A) comply
48. D) erase
49. C) scrutiny
50. A) ascribed
51. B) decent
52. C) finite
53. C) defy
54. A) suppress
55. D) rectify
56. C) irritated
57. C) deficit
58. B) impose
59. D) stimulus
60. D) cherish
61. C) blank
62. A) tucked
63. B) obscure
64. A) by analogy
65. B) hinged upon
66. C) by means of
67. D) exclusive
68. D) abnormal
69. C) recession
70. C) deafened

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)
S1. in first 改 in the first
S2．ultimate 改ultimately
S3. acceptance 改unacceptance
S4.avoid end 改 ending
S5.stand out 改 upon
S6.pick up改 pick out
S7.listing改 list
S8.keep up改 keep
S9.taking 改 taken

2005年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:44:00.000+08:00

2005年6月18日大学英语六级考试试题

Part ⅠListening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A:

Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Example: You will hear:
You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 oclock in the morning and have to finish by 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose ［D］ on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre.

Sample Answer ［A］［B］［C］［D］

1. A) It will reduce government revenues.

B) It will stimulate business activities.

C) It will mainly benefit the wealthy.

D) It will cut the stockholders’ dividends.

2. A) She will do her best if the job is worth doing.

B) She prefers a life of continued exploration.

C) She will stick to the job if the pay is good.

D) She doesn’t think much of job-hopping.

3. A) Stop thinking about the matter.

B) Talk the drug user out of the habit.

C) Be more friendly to his schoolmate.

D) Keep his distance from drug addicts.

4. A) The son. B) The father.

C) The mother. D) Aunt Louise.

5. A) Stay away for a couple of weeks.

B) Check the locks every two weeks.

C) Look after the Johnsons’ house.

D) Move to another place.

6. A) He would like to warm up for the game.

B) He didn’t want to be held up in traffic.

C) He didn’t want to miss the game.

D) He wanted to catch as many game birds as possible.

7. A) It was burned down. B) It was robbed.

C) It was blown up. D) It was closed down.

8. A) She isn’t going to change her major.

B) She plans to major in tax law.

C) She studies in the same school as her brother.

D) She isn’t going to work in her brother’s firm.

9. A) The man should phone the hotel for directions.

B) The man can ask the department store for help.

C) She doesn’t have the hotel’s phone number.

D) The hotel is just around the corner.

10. A) she doesn’t expect to finish all her work in thirty minutes.

B) She has to do a lot of things within a short time.

C) She has been overworking for a long time.

D) She doesn’t know why there are so many things to do.

Section B Compound Dictation

注意：听力理解的B节（Section B）为复合式听写（Compound Dictation），题目在试卷二上，现在请取出试卷二。

Part Ⅱ Reading Comprehension

Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A),B),C),and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Passage One

Questions 11 to 15 are based on the following passage.

Low-level slash-and-burn farming doesn’t harm rainforest. On the contrary, it helps farmers and improves forest soils. This is the unorthodox view of a German soil scientist who has shown that burnt clearings in the Amazon, dating back more than 1,000 years, helped create patches of rich, fertile soil that farmers still benefit from today.

Most rainforest soils are thin and poor because they lack minerals and because the heat and heavy rainfall destroy most organic matter in the soils within four years of it reaching the forest floor. This means topsoil contains few of the ingredients needed for long-term successful farming.

But Bruno Glaser, a soil scientist of the University of Bayreuth, has studied unexpected patches of fertile soils in the central Amazon. These soils contain lots of organic matter.

Glaser has shown that most of this fertile organic matter comes from “black carbon”-the organic particles from camp fires and charred (烧成炭的) wood left over from thousands of years of slash-and-burn farming. ”The soils, known as Terra Preta, contained up to 70times more black carbon than the surrounding soil, ”says Glaser.

Unburnt vegetation rots quickly, but black carbon persists in the soil for many centuries. Radiocarbon dating shows that the charred wood in Terra Preta soils is typically more than 1,000 years old.

“Slash-and-burn farming can be good for soils provided it doesn’t completely burn all the vegetation, and leaves behind charred wood,” says Glaser. “It can be better than manure (粪肥).” Burning the forest just once can leave behind enough black carbon to keep the soil fertile for thousands of years. And rainforests easily regrow after small-scale clearing. Contrary to the conventional view that human activities damage the environment, Glaser says: ”Black carbon combined with human wastes is responsible for the richness of Terra Preta soils.”

Terra Preta soils turn up in large patches all over the Amazon, where they are highly prized by farmers. All the patches fall within 500 square kilometers in the central Amazon. Glaser says the widespread presence of pottery (陶器) confirms the soil’s human origins.

The findings add weight to the theory that large areas of the Amazon have recovered so well from past periods of agricultural use that the regrowth has been mistaken by generations of biologists for “virgin” forest.

During the past decade, researchers have discovered hundreds of large earth works deep in the jungle. They are up to 20 meters high and cover up to a square kilometer. Glaser claims that these earth works, built between AD 400 and 1400, were at the heart of urban civilizations. Now it seems the richness of the Terra Preta soils may explain how such civilizations managed to feed themselves.

11. We learn from the passage that the traditional view of slash-and-burn farming is that .

A) it does no harm to the topsoil of the rainforest

B) it destroys rainforest soils

C) it helps improve rainforest soils

D) it diminishes the organic matter in rainforest soils

12. Most rainforest soils are thin and poor because .

A) the composition of the topsoil is rather unstable

B) black carbon is washed away by heavy rains

C) organic matter is quickly lost due to heat and rain

D) long-term farming has exhausted the ingredients essential to plant growth

13. Glaser made his discovery by .

A) studying patches of fertile soils in the central Amazon

B) examining pottery left over by ancient civilizations

C) test-burning patches of trees in the central Amazon

D) radiocarbon-dating ingredients contained in forest soils

14. What does Glaser say about the regrowth of rainforests?

A) They take centuries to regrow after being burnt.

B) They cannot recover unless the vegetation is burnt completely.

C) Their regrowth will be hampered by human habitation.

D) They can recover easily after slash-and-burn farming.

15. From the passage it can be inferred that .

A) human activities will do grave damage to rainforests

B) Amazon rainforest soils used to be the richest in the world

C) farming is responsible for the destruction of the Amazon rainforests

D) there once existed an urban civilization in the Amazon rainforests

Passage Two

Questions 16 to 20 are based on the following passage.

As a wise man once said, we are all ultimately alone. But an increasing number of Europeans are choosing to be so at an ever earlier age. This isn’t the stuff of gloomy philosophical contemplations, but a fact of Europe’s new economic landscape, embraced by sociologists, real-estate developers and ad executives alike. The shift away from family life to solo lifestyle, observes a French sociologist, is part of the “irresistible momentum of individualism” over the last century. The communications revolution, the shift from a business culture of stability to one of mobility and the mass entry of women into the workforce have greatly wreaked havoc on(扰乱) Europeans’ private lives.

Europe’s new economic climate has largely fostered the trend toward independence. The current generation of home-aloners came of age during Europe’s shift from social democracy to the sharper, more individualistic climate of American style capitalism. Raised in an era of privatization and increased consumer choice, today’s tech-savvy(精通技术的) workers have embraced a free market in love as well as economics. Modern Europeans are rich enough to afford to live alone, and temperamentally independent enough to want to do so.

Once upon a time, people who lived alone tended to be those on either side of marriage-twentysomething professionals or widowed senior citizens. While pensioners, particularly elderly women, make up a large proportion of those living alone, the newest crop of singles are high earners in their 30s and 40s who increasingly view living alone as a lifestyle choice. Living alone was conceived to be negative-dark and cold, while being together suggested warmth and light. But then came along the idea of singles. They were young, beautiful, strong! Now, young people want to live alone.

The booming economy means people are working harder than ever. And that doesn’t leave much room for relationships. Pimpi Arroyo, a 35-year-old composer who lives alone in a house in Paris, says he hasn’t got time to get lonely because he has too much work. “I have deadlines which would make life with someone else fairly difficult.” Only an Ideal Woman would make him change his lifestyle, he says. Kaufmann, author of a recent book called “The Single Woman and Prince Charming,” thinks this fierce new individualism means that people expect more and more of mates, so relationships don’t last long-if they start at all. Eppendorf, a blond Berliner with a deep tan, teaches grade school in the mornings. In the afternoon she sunbathes or sleeps, resting up for going dancing. Just shy of 50, she says she’d never have wanted to do what her mother did-give up a career to raise a family. Instead, “I’ve always done what I wanted to do: live a self-determined life.”

16. More and more young Europeans remain single because .

A) they are driven by an overwhelming sense of individualism

B) they have entered the workforce at a much earlier age

C) they have embraced a business culture of stability

D) they are pessimistic about their economic future

17. What is said about European society in the passage?

A) It has fostered the trend towards small families.

B) It is getting closer to American-style capitalism.

C) It has limited consumer choice despite a free market.

D) It is being threatened by irresistible privatization.

18. According to Paragraph 3, the newest group of singles are .

A) warm and lighthearted B) on either side of marriage

C) negative and gloomy D) healthy and wealthy

19. The author quotes Eppendorf to show that .

A) some modern women prefer a life of individual freedom

B) the family is no longer the basic unit of society in present-day Europe

C) some professional people have too much work to do to feel lonely

D) most Europeans conceive living a single life as unacceptable

20. What is the author’s purpose in writing the passage?

A) To review the impact of women becoming high earners.

B) To contemplate the philosophy underlying individualism.

C) To examine the trend of young people living alone.

D) To stress the rebuilding of personal relationships.

Passage Three

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.

Supporters of the biotech industry have accused an American scientist of misconduct after she testified to the New Zealand government that a genetically modified(GM) bacterium could cause serious damage if released.

The New Zealand Life Sciences Network, an association of pro-GM scientists and organisations, says the view expressed by Elaine Ingham, a soil biologist at Oregon State University in Corvallis, was exaggerated and irresponsible. It has asked her university to discipline her.

But Ingham stands by her comments and says the complaints are an attempt to silence her. “They’re trying to cause trouble with my university and get me fired,” Ingham told New Scientist.

The controversy began on 1 February, when Ingham testified before New Zealand’s Royal Commission on Genetic Modification, which will determine how to regulate GM organisms. Ingham claimed that a GM version of a common soil bacterium could spread and destroy plants if released into the wild. Other researchers had previously modified the bacterium to produce alcohol from organic waste. But Ingham says that when she put it in soil with wheat plants, all of the plants died within a week.

“We would lose terrestrial(陆生的) plants...this is an organism that is potentially deadly to the continued survival of human beings,” she told the commission. She added that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) canceled its approval for field tests using the organism once she had told them about her research in 1999.

But last week the New Zealand Life Sciences Network accused Ingham of “presenting inaccurate, careless and exaggerated information” and “generating speculative doomsday scenarios(世界末日的局面) that are not scientifically supportable”. They say that her study doesn’t even show that the bacteria would survive in the wild, much less kill massive numbers of plants. What’s more, the network says that contrary to Ingham’s claims, the EPA was never asked to consider the organism for field trials.

The EPA has not commented on the dispute. But an e-mail to the network from Janet Anderson, director of the EPA’s bio-pesticides(生物杀虫剂) division, says “there is no record of a review and/or clearance to field test” the organism.

Ingham says EPA officials had told her that the organism was approved for field tests, but says she has few details. It’s also not clear whether the organism, first engineered by a German institute for biotechnology, is still in use.

Whether Ingham is right or wrong, her supporters say opponents are trying unfairly to silence her.

“I think her concerns should be taken seriously. She shouldn’t be harassed in this way,” says Ann Clarke, a plant biologist at the University of Guelph in Canada who also testified before the commission. “It’s n attempt to silence the opposition.”

21. The passage centers on the controversy .

A) between American and New Zealand biologists over genetic modification

B) as to whether the study of genetic modification should be continued

C) over the possible adverse effect of a GM bacterium on plants

D) about whether Elaine Ingham should be fired by her university

22. Ingham insists that her testimony is based on .

A) evidence provided by the EPA of the United States

B) the results of an experiment she conducted herself

C) evidence from her collaborative research with German biologists

D) the results of extensive field tests in Corvallis, Oregon

23. According to Janet Anderson, the EPA .

A) has cancelled its approval for field tests of the GM organism

B) hasn’t reviewed the findings of Ingham’s research

C) has approved field tests using the GM organism

D) hasn’t given permission to field test the GM organism

24. According to Ann Clarke, the New Zealand Life Sciences Network .

A) should gather evidence to discredit Ingham’s claims

B) should require that the research by their biologists be regulated

C) shouldn’t demand that Ingham be disciplined for voicing her views

D) shouldn’t appease the opposition in such a quiet way

25. Which of the following statements about Ingham is TRUE?

A) Her testimony hasn’t been supported by the EPA.

B) Her credibility as a scientist hasn’t been undermined.

C) She is firmly supported by her university.

D) She has made great contributions to the study of GM bacteria.

Passage Four

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.

Every fall, like clockwork, Linda Krentz of Beaverton, Oregon, felt her brain go on strike. “I just couldn’t get going in the morning,” she says. “I’d get depressed and gain 10 pounds every winter and lose them again in the spring.” Then she read about seasonal affective disorder, a form of depression that occurs in fall and winter, and she saw the light-literally. Every morning now she turns on a specially constructed light box for half an hour and sits in front of it to trick her brain into thinking it’s still enjoying those long summer days. It seems to work.

Krentz is not alone. Scientists estimate that 10 million Americans suffer from seasonal depression and 25 million more develop milder versions. But there’s never been definitive proof that treatment with very bright lights makes a difference. After all, it’s hard to do a double-blind test when the subjects can see for themselves whether or not the light is on. That’s why nobody has ever separated the real effects of light therapy from placebo(安慰剂) effects.

Until now. In three separate studies published last month, researchers report not only that light therapy works better than a placebo but that treatment is usually more effective in the early morning than in the evening. In two of the groups, the placebo problem was resolved by telling patients they were comparing light boxes to a new anti-depressant device that emits negatively charged ions(离子). The third used the timing of light therapy as the control.

Why does light therapy work? No one really knows. “Our research suggests it has something to do with shifting the body’s internal clock,” says psychiatrist Dr. Lewey. The body is programmed to start the day with sunrise, he explains, and this gets later as the days get shorter. But why such subtle shifts make some people depressed and not others is a mystery.

That hasn’t stopped thousands of winter depressives from trying to heal themselves. Light boxes for that purpose are available without a doctor’s prescription. That bothers psychologist Michael Terman of Columbia University. He is worried that the boxes may be tried by patients who suffer from mental illness that can’t be treated with light. Terman has developed a questionnaire to help determine whether expert care is needed.

In any event, you should choose a reputable manufacturer. Whatever product you use should emit only visible light, because ultraviolet light damages the eyes. If you are photosensitive(对光敏感的), you may develop a rash. Otherwise, the main drawback is having to sit in front of the light for 30 to 60 minutes in the morning. That’s an inconvenience many winter depressives can live with.

26. What is the probable cause of Krentz’s problem?

A) An unexpected gain in body weight.

B) Unexplained impairment of her nervous system.

C) Weakening of her eyesight with the setting in of winter.

D) Poor adjustment of her body clock to seasonal changes.

27. By saying that Linda Krentz “saw the light”(Line 4, Para. 1), the author means that she “ ”.

A) learned how to lose weight

B) realized what her problem was

C) came to see the importance of light

D) became light-hearted and cheerful

28. What is the CURRENT view concerning the treatment of seasonal depression with bright lights?

A) Its effect remains to be seen.

B) It serves as a kind of placebo.

C) It proves to be an effective therapy.

D) It hardly produces any effects.

29. What is psychologist Michael Terman’s major concern?

A) Winter depressives will be addicted to using light boxes.

B) No mental patients would bother to consult psychiatrists.

C) Inferior light boxes will emit harmful ultraviolet lights.

D) Light therapy could be misused by certain mental patients.

30. Which of the following statements is TRUE?

A) Winter depressives prefer light therapy in spite of its inconvenience.

B) Light therapy increases the patient’s photosensitivity.

C) Eye damage is a side effect of light therapy.

D) Light boxes can be programmed to correspond to shifts in the body clock.

Part Ⅲ Vocabulary (20 minutes)

Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the NOE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

31. Susan has the elbows of her son’s jacket with leather patches to make it more durable.

A) reinforced B) sustained

C) steadied D) confirmed

32. Although we tried to concentrate on the lecture, we were by the noise form the next room.

A) distracted B) displaced

C) dispersed D) discarded

33. The reason why so many children like to eat this new brand of biscuit is that it is particularly sweet and .

A) fragile B) feeble

C) brisk D) crisp

34. Don’t trust the speaker any more, since the remarks he made in his lectures are never with the facts.

A) symmetrical B) comparative

C) compatible D) harmonious

35. They had to eat a(n) meal, or they would be too late for the concert.

A) temporary B) hasty

C) immediate D) urgent

36. Having a(n) attitude towards people with different ideas is an indication that one has been well educated.

A) analytical B) bearable

C) elastic D) tolerant

37. No form of government in the world is ; each system reflects the history and present needs of the region or the nation.

A) dominant B) influential

C) integral D) drastic

38. In spite of the economic forecast, manufacturing output has risen slightly.

A) faint B) dizzy

C) gloomy D) opaque

39. Too often Dr. Johnson’s lectures how to protect the doctor rather than how to cure the patient.

A) look to B) dwell on

C) permeate into D) shrug off

40. Located in Washington D.C., the Library of Congress contains an impressive of books on every conceivable subject.

A) flock B) configuration

C) pile D) array

41. Some felt that they were hurrying into an epoch of unprecedented enlightenment, in which better education and beneficial technology would wealth and leisure for all.

A) maintain B) ensure

C) certify D) console

42. Fiberoptic cables can carry hundreds of telephone conversations .

A) homogeneously B) spontaneously

C) simultaneously D) ingeniously

43. Excellent films are those which national and cultural barriers.

A) transcend B) traverse

C) abolish D) suppress

44. The law of supply and demand will eventually take care of a shortage or of dentists.

A) surge B) surplus

C) flush D) fluctuation

45. One third of the Chinese in the United States live in California, in the San Francisco area.

A) remarkably B) severely

C) drastically D) predominantly

46. After the terrible accident, I discovered that my ear was becoming less .

A) sensible B) sensitive

C) sentimental D) sensational

47. Now the cheers and applause in a single sustained roar.

A) mingled B) tangled

C) baffled D) huddled

48. Among all the public holidays, National Day seems to be the most joyful to the people of the country; on that day the whole country is in a festival atmosphere.

A) trapped B) sunk

C) soaked D) immersed

49. The wooden cases must be secured by overall metal strapping so that they can be strong enough to stand rough handling during .

A) transit B) motion

C) shift D) traffic

50. Nowadays many rural people flock to the city to look for jobs on the assumption that the streets there are with gold.

A) overwhelmed B) stocked

C) paved D) overlapped

51. It is a wellknown fact that the cat family lions and tigers.

A) enriches B) accommodates

C) adopts D) embraces

52. My boss has failed me so many times that I no longer place any on what he promises.

A) assurance B) probability

C) reliance D) conformity

53. The English language contains a of words which are comparatively seldom used in ordinary conversation.

A) latitude B) multitude

C) magnitude D) longitude

54. It was such a(n) when Pat and Mike met each other in Tokyo. Each thought that the other was still in Hong Kong.

A) occurrence B) coincidence

C) fancy D) destiny

55. Parents have to learn how to follow a bodys behavior and adapt the tone of their to the badys capabilities.

A) perceptions B) consultations

C) interactions D) interruptions

56. Governments today play an increasingly larger role in the of welfare, economics, and education.

A) scopes B) ranges

C) ranks D) domains

57. If businessmen are taxed too much, they will no longer be to work hard, with the result that tax revenues might actually shrink.

A) cultivated B) licensed

C) motivated D) innovated

58. Jack is not very decisive, and he always finds himself in a as if he doesn’t know what he really wants to do.

A) fantasy B) dilemma

C) contradiction D) conflict

59. He is a promising young man who is now studying at our graduate school. As his supervisor, I would like to him to your notice.

A) commend B) decree

C) presume D) articulate

60. It was a wonderful occasion which we will for many years to come.

A) conceive B) clutch

C) contrive D) cherish

Part Ⅳ Cloze (15 minutes)

Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Although there are many skillful Braille readers, thousands of other blind people find it difficult to learn that system. They are thereby shut 61 from the world of books and newspapers, having to 62 on friends to read aloud to them.

A young scientist named Raymond Kurzweil has now designed a computer which is a major 63 in providing aid to the 64 . His machine, Cyclops, has a camera that 65 any page, interprets the print into sounds, and then delivers them orally in a robot-like 66 through a speaker. By pressing the appropriate buttons 67 Cyclops’s keyboard, a blind person can “read” any 68 document in the English language.

This remarkable invention represents a tremendous 69 forward in the education of the handicapped. At present, Cyclops costs ＄50,000. 70 , Mr. Kurzweil and his associates are preparing a smaller 71 improved version that will sell 72 less than half that price. Within a few years, Kurzweil 73 the price range will be low enough for every school and library to 74 one. Michael Hingson, Director of the National Federation for the Blind, hopes that 75 will be able to buy home 76 of Cyclops for the price of a good television set.

Mr. Hingson’s organization purchased five machines and is now testing them in Maryland, Colorado, Iowa, California, and New York. Blind people have been 77 in those tests, making lots of 78 suggestions to the engineers who helped to produce Cyclops.

“This is the first time that blind people have ever done individual studies 79 a product was put on the market,” Hingson said. “Most manufacturers believed that having the blind help the blind was like telling disabled people to teach other disabled people. In that 80 , the manufacturers have been the blind ones.”

61. A) up B) down C) in D) off

62. A) dwell B) rely C) press D) urge

63. A) execution B) distinction C) breakthrough D) process

64. A) paralyzed B) uneducated C) invisible D) sightless

65. A) scans B) enlarges C) sketches D) projects

66. A) behavior B) expression C) movement D) voice

67. A) on B) at C) in D) from

68. A) visual B) printed C) virtual D) spoken

69. A) stride B) trail C) haul D) footprint

70. A) Likewise B) Moreover C) However D) Though

71. A) but B) than C) or D) then

72. A) on B) for C) through D) to

73. A) estimates B) considers C) counts D) determines

74. A) settle B) own C) invest D) retain

75. A) schools B) children C) families D) companies

76. A) models B) modes C) cases D) collections

77. A) producing B) researching C) ascertaining D) assisting

78. A) true B) valuable C) authentic D) pleasant

79. A) after B) when C) before D) as

80. A) occasion B) moment C) sense D) event

Section B Compound Dictation

Certain phrases one commonly hears among Americans capture their devotion to individualism: “Do you own thing.” ”I did it my way.” ”You’ll have to decided that for yourself.” “You made your bed, now (S1) in it.” “if you don’t look out for yourself, no one else will.” “Look out for number one.”

Closely (S2) with the value they place on indi8vidualism is the importance Americans (S3) to privacy. Americans assume that people need some time to themselves or some time alone to think about things or recover their (S4) psychological energy. Americans have great (S5) understanding foreigners who always want to be with another person who dislike being alone.

If the parents can (S6) it, each child will have his or her own bedroom. Having one’s own bedroom, her books, her books and so on. These things will be hers and no one else’s.

Americans assumer that (S9). Doctors, lawyers, psychologists, and others have rules governing confidentiality that are intended to prevent information about their clients’ personal situations form becoming known to others.

American’s attitude about privacy can be hard for foreigners to understand. (10) . When those boundaries are crossed , an American’s body will visibly stiffen and his manner will become cool and aloof.

Part Ⅴ Writing

In this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled Say No to Pirated Products.

1. 目前盗版的现象比较严重

2. 造成这种现象的原因及危害

3. 我们应该怎么做？

盗版 piracy (n.) 盗版产品 pirated products 知识产权 intellectual property rights 侵犯版权 infringe sb’s copyright; copyright infringement

Say No to Pirated Products

参考答案

1-5.CBDCA 6-10.CBDAB

11-15.BCADD 16-20.ABDAC

21-25.CBBCA 26-30.DBCDA

31-35.AADCB 36-40.DACBD

41-45.BCABD 46-50.BADAC

51-55.DCBBA 56-60.DCBAD

61-65.DBCDA 66-70.DABAC

71-75.ABABC 76-80.ADBCC

复合式听写

S1. lie S2 associated S3. assign S4. spent S5. difficulty S6. afford S7 infant

S8. she is entitled to a place of her own where she can be by herself, and keep her possessions

S9. people will have their private thoughts that might never be shared with anyone

S10. American’s houses, yards and even offices can seem open and inviting. Yet in the minds of Americans, there are boundaries that other people are simply not supposed to cross.

2005年1月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:18:00.000+08:00

2005年1月8日六级试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) Furnished apartments will cost more.

B) The apartment can be furnished easily.

C) The apartment is just what the man is looking for.

D) She can provide the man with the apartment he needs.

2. A) Mr. Johnson’s ideas are nonsense.

B) He quite agrees with Mr. Johnson’s views.

C) Mr. Johnson is good at expressing his ideas.

D) He shares the woman’s views on social welfare.

3. A) Study in a quiet place.

B) Improve her grades gradually.

C) Change the conditions of her dorm.

D) Avoid distractions while studying in her dorm.

4. A) It has been put off.

B) It has been cancelled.

C) It will be held in a different place.

D) It will be rescheduled to attract more participants.

5. A) Janet loves the beautiful landscape of Australia very much.

B) Janet is very much interested in architecture.

C) Janet admires the Sydney Opera House very much.

D) Janet thinks it’s a shame for anyone not to visit Australia.

6. A) It is based on a lot of research.

B) It can be finished in a few weeks’ time.

C) It has drawn criticism from lots of people.

D) It falls short of her supervisor’s expectations.

7. A) Karen is very forgetful.

B) He knows Karen better now.

C) Karen is sure to pass the interview.

D) The woman should have reminded Karen earlier.

8. A) Ask Joe to apologize to the professor for her.

B) Skip the class to prepare for the exam.

C) Tell the professor she’s lost her voice.

D) Attend the lecture with the man.

9. A) The man will go in for business right after high school.

B) The woman is not happy with the man’s decision.

C) The man wants to be a business manager.

D) The woman is working in a kindergarten.

10. A) They stay closed until summer comes.

B) They cater chiefly to tourists.

C) They are busy all the year round.

D) They provide quality service to their customers.

Section B

Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Passage One

Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) Classmates.

B) Colleagues.

C) Boss and secretary.

D) PR representative and client.

12. A) He felt his assignment was tougher than Sue’s.

B) His clients complained about his service.

C) He thought the boss was unfair to him.

D) His boss was always finding fault with his work.

13. A) She is unwilling to undertake them.

B) She complains about her bad luck.

C) She always accepts them cheerfully.

D) She takes them on, though reluctantly.

14. A) Sue got promoted.

B) John had to quit his job.

C) Both John and Sue got a raise.

D) Sue failed to complete her project.

Passage Two

Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard.

15. A) By greeting each other very politely.

B) By exchanging their views on public affairs.

C) By displaying their feelings and emotions.

D) By asking each other some personal questions.

16. A) Refrain from showing his feelings.

B) Express his opinion frankly.

C) Argue fiercely.

D) Yell loudly.

17. A) Getting rich quickly.

B) Distinguishing oneself.

C) Respecting individual rights.

D) Doing credit to one’s community.

Passage Three

Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

18. A) If they don’t involve any risks.

B) If they produce predictable side effects.

C) When the urgent need for them arises.

D) When tests show that they are relatively safe.

19. A) Because they are not accustomed to it.

B) Because they are not psychologically prepared for it.

C) Because their genes differ from those who have been tested for it.

D) Because they are less sensitive to it than those who have been tested for it.

20. A) They will have to take ever larger doses.

B) They will become physically impaired.

C) They will suffer from minor discomfort.

D) They will experience a very painful process.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.

I had an experience some years ago which taught me something about the ways in which people make a bad situation worse by blaming themselves. One January, I had to officiate at two funerals on successive days for two elderly women in my community. Both had died “full of years,” as the Bible would say; both yielded to the normal wearing out of the body after a long and full life. Their homes happened to be near each other, so I paid condolence (吊唁) calls on the two families on the same afternoon.

At the first home, the son of the deceased (已故的) woman said to me, “If only I had sent my mother to Florida and gotten her out of this cold and snow, she would be alive today. It’s my fault that she died.” At the second home, the son of the other deceased woman said, “If only I hadn’t insisted on my mother’s going to Florida, she would be alive today. That long airplane ride, the abrupt change of climate, was more than she could take. It’s my fault that she’s dead.”

When things don’t turn out as we would like them to, it is very tempting to assume that had we done things differently, the story would have had a happier ending. Priests know that any time there is a death, the survivors will feel guilty. Because the course of action they took turned out badly, they believe that the opposite course – keeping Mother at home, postponing the operation – would have turned out better. After all, how could it have turned out any worse?

There seem to be two elements involved in our readiness to feel guilt. The first is our pressing need to believe that the world makes sense, that there is a cause for every effect and a reason for everything that happens. That leads us to find patterns and connections both where they really exist and where they exist only in our minds.

The second element is the notion that we are the cause of what happens, especially the bad things that happen. It seems to be a short step from believing that every event has a cause to believing that every disaster is our fault. The roots of this feeling may lie in our childhood. Psychologists speak of the infantile myth of omnipotence (万能). A baby comes to think that the world exists to meet his needs, and that he makes everything happen in it. He wakes up in the morning and summons the rest of the world to its tasks. He cries, and someone comes to attend to him. When he is hungry, people feed him, and when he is wet, people change him. Very often, we do not completely outgrow that infantile notion that our wishes cause things to happen.

21. What is said about the two deceased elderly women?

A) They lived out a natural life.

B) They died of exhaustion after the long plane ride.

C) They weren’t accustomed to the change in weather.

D) They died due to lack of care by family members.

22. The author had to conduct the two women’s funerals probably because ________.

A) he wanted to console the two families

B) he was an official from the community

C) he had great sympathy for the deceased

D) he was priest of the local church

23. People feel guilty for the deaths of their loved ones because ________.

A) they couldn’t find a better way to express their grief

B) they believe that they were responsible

C) they had neglected the natural course of events

D) they didn’t know things often turn out in the opposite direction

24. In the context of the passage, “... the world makes sense” (Line 2, Para, 4) probably means that ________.

A) everything in the world is predetermined

B) the world can be interpreted in different ways

C) there’s an explanation for everything in the world

D) we have to be sensible in order to understand the world

25. People have been made to believe since infancy that ________.

A) everybody is at their command

B) life and death is an unsolved mystery

C) every story should have a happy ending

D) their wishes are the cause of everything that happens

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.

Frustrated with delays in Sacramento, Bay Area officials said Thursday they planned to take matters into their own hands to regulate the region’s growing pile of electronic trash.

A San Jose councilwoman and a San Francisco supervisor said they would propose local initiatives aimed at controlling electronic waste if the California law-making body fails to act on two bills stalled in the Assembly. They are among a growing number of California cities and counties that have expressed the same intention.

Environmentalists and local governments are increasingly concerned about the toxic hazard posed by old electronic devices and the cost of safely recycling those products. An estimated 6 million televisions and computers are stocked in California homes, and an additional 6,000 to 7,000 computers become outdated every day. The machines contain high levels of lead and other hazardous substances, and are already banned from California landfills (垃圾填埋场).

Legislation by Senator Byron Sher would require consumers to pay a recycling fee of up to $30 on every new machine containing a cathode (阴极) ray tube. Used in almost all video monitors and televisions, those devices contain four to eight pounds of lead each. The fees would go toward setting up recycling programs, providing grants to non-profit agencies that reuse the tubes and rewarding manufacturers that encourage recycling.

A separate bill by Los Angeles-area Senator Gloria Romero would require high-tech manufacturers to develop programs to recycle so-called e-waste.

If passed, the measures would put California at the forefront of national efforts to manage the refuse of the electronic age.

But high-tech groups, including the Silicon Valley Manufacturing Group and the American Electronics Association, oppose the measures, arguing that fees of up to $30 will drive consumers to online, out-of-state retailers.

“What really needs to occur is consumer education. Most consumers are unaware they’re not supposed to throw computers in the trash,” said Roxanne Gould, vice president of government relations for the electronics association.

Computer recycling should be a local effort and part of residential waste collection programs, she added.

Recycling electronic waste is a dangerous and specialized matter, and environmentalists maintain the state must support recycling efforts and ensure that the job isn’t contracted to unscrupulous (毫无顾忌的) junk dealers who send the toxic parts overseas.

“The graveyard of the high-tech revolution is ending up in rural China,” said Ted Smith, director of the Silicon Valley Toxics Coalition. His group is pushing for an amendment to Sher’s bill that would prevent the export of e-waste.

26. What step were Bay Area officials going to take regarding e-waste disposal?

A) Exert pressure on manufacturers of electronic devices.

B) Lay down relevant local regulations themselves.

C) Lobby the lawmakers of the California Assembly.

D) Rally support to pass the stalled bills.

27. The two bills stalled in the California Assembly both concern ________.

A) regulations on dumping hazardous substances into landfills

B) the sale of used electronic devices to foreign countries

C) the funding of local initiatives to reuse electronic trash

D) the reprocessing of the huge amounts of electronic waste in the state

28. Consumers are not supposed to throw used computers in the trash because ________.

A) they contain large amounts of harmful substances

B) this is banned by the California government

C) some parts may be recycled for use elsewhere

D) unscrupulous dealers will retrieve them for profit

29. High-tech groups believe that if an extra $30 is charged on every TV or computer purchased in California, consumers will _______.

A) abandon online shopping

B) buy them from other states

C) strongly protest against such a charge

D) hesitate to upgrade their computers

30. We learn from the passage that much of California’s electronic waste has been _______.

A) collected by non-profit agencies

B) dumped into local landfills

C) exported to foreign countries

D) recycled by computer manufacturers

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage,

Throughout the nation’s more than 15,000 school districts, widely differing approaches to teaching science and math have emerged. Though there can be strength in diversity, a new international analysis suggests that this variability has instead contributed to lackluster (平淡的) achievement scores by U.S. children relative to their peers in other developed countries.

Indeed, concludes William H. Schmidt of Michigan State University, who led the new analysis, “no single intellectually coherent vision dominates U.S. educational practice in math or science.’’ The reason, he said, “is because the system is deeply and fundamentally flawed.”

The new analysis, released this week by the National Science Foundation in Arlington, Va., is based on data collected from about 50 nations as part of the Third International Mathematics and Science Study.

Not only do approaches to teaching science and math vary among individual U.S. communities, the report finds, but there appears to be little strategic focus within a school district’s curricula, its textbooks, or its teachers’ activities. This contrasts sharply with the coordinated national programs of most other countries.

On average, U.S. students study more topics within science and math than their international counterparts do. This creates an educational environment that “is a mile wide and an inch deep,” Schmidt notes.

For instance, eighth graders in the United States cover about 33 topics in math versus just 19 in Japan. Among science courses, the international gap is even wider. U.S. curricula for this age level resemble those of a small group of countries including Australia, Thailand, Iceland, and Bulgaria. Schmidt asks whether the United States wants to be classed with these nations, whose educational systems “share our pattern of splintered (支离破碎的) visions” but which are not economic leaders.

The new report “couldn’t come at a better time,” says Gerald Wheeler, executive director of the National Science Teachers Association in Arlington. “The new National Science Education Standards provide that focused vision,” including the call “to do less, but in greater depth.”

Implementing the new science standards and their math counterparts will be the challenge, he and Schmidt agree, because the decentralized responsibility for education in the United States requires that any reforms be tailored and instituted one community at a time.

In fact, Schmidt argues, reforms such as these proposed national standards “face an almost impossible task, because even though they are intellectually coherent, each becomes only one more voice in the babble (嘈杂声).”

31. According to the passage, the teaching of science and math in America is ________.

A) focused on tapping students’ potential

B) characterized by its diversity

C) losing its vitality gradually

D) going downhill in recent years

32. The fundamental flaw of American school education is that ________.

A) it lacks a coordinated national program

B) it sets a very low academic standard for students

C) it relies heavily on the initiative of individual teachers

D) it attaches too much importance to intensive study of school subjects

33. By saying that the U.S. educational environment is “a mile wide and an inch deep” (Line 2, Para. 5), the author means U.S. educational practice ________.

A) lays stress on quality at the expense of quantity

B) offers an environment for comprehensive education

C) encourages learning both in depth and in scope

D) scratches the surface of a wide range of topics

34. The new National Science Education Standards are good news in that they will ________.

A) provide depth to school science education

B) solve most of the problems in school teaching

C) be able to meet the demands of the community

D) quickly dominate U.S. educational practice

35. Putting the new science and math standards into practice will prove difficult because ________.

A) there is always controversy in educational circles

B) not enough educators have realized the necessity for doing so

C) school districts are responsible for making their own decisions

D) many schoolteachers challenge the acceptability of these standards

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.

“I’ve never met a human worth cloning,” says cloning expert Mark Westhusin from his lab at Texas A&M University. “It’s a stupid endeavor.” That’s an interesting choice of adjective, coming from a man who has spent millions of dollars trying to clone a 13-year-old dog named Missy. So far, he and his team have not succeeded, though they have cloned two cows and expect to clone a cat soon. They just might succeed in cloning Missy this spring – or perhaps not for another 5 years. It seems the reproductive system of man’s best friend is one of the mysteries of modern science.

Westhusin’s experience with cloning animals leaves him upset by all this talk of human cloning. In three years of work on the Missy project, using hundreds upon hundreds of dog’s eggs, the A&M team has produced only a dozen or so embryos (胚胎) carrying Missy’s DNA. None have survived the transfer to a surrogate (代孕的) mother. The wastage of eggs and the many spontaneously aborted fetuses (胎) may be acceptable when you’re dealing with cats or bulls, he argues, but not with humans. “Cloning is incredibly inefficient, and also dangerous,” he says.

Even so, dog cloning is a commercial opportunity, with a nice research payoff. Ever since Dolly the sheep was cloned in 1997, Westhusin’s phone has been ringing with people calling in hopes of duplicating their cats and dogs, cattle and horses. “A lot of people want to clone pets, especially if the price is right,” says Westhusin. Cost is no obstacle for Missy’s mysterious billionaire owner; he’s put up $3.7 million so far to fund A&M’s research.

Contrary to some media reports, Missy is not dead. The owner wants a twin to carry on Missy’s fine qualities after she does die. The prototype is, by all accounts, athletic, good-natured and supersmart. Missy’s master does not expect an exact copy of her. He knows her clone may not have her temperament. In a statement of purpose, Missy’s owner and the A&M team say they are “both looking forward to studying the ways that her clones differ from Missy.”

Besides cloning a great dog, the project may contribute insight into the old question of nature vs. nurture. It could also lead to the cloning of special rescue dogs and many endangered animals.

However, Westhusin is cautious about his work. He knows that even if he gets a dog pregnant, the offspring, should they survive, will face the problems shown at birth by other cloned animals: abnormalities like immature lungs and heart and weight problems. “Why would you ever want to clone humans,” Westhusin asks, “when we’re not even close to getting it worked out in animals yet?”

36. By “stupid endeavor” (Line 2, Para. 1), Westhusin means to say that ________.

A) animal cloning is not worth the effort at all

B) animal cloning is absolutely impractical

C) human cloning should be done selectively

D) human cloning is a foolish undertaking

37. What does the first paragraph tell us about Westhusin’s dog cloning project?

A) Its success is already in sight.

B) Its outcome remains uncertain.

C) It is doomed to utter failure.

D) It is progressing smoothly.

38. By cloning Missy, Mark Westhusin hopes to ________.

A) study the possibility of cloning humans

B) search for ways to modify its temperament

C) examine the reproductive system of the dog species

D) find out the differences between Missy and its clones

39. We learn from the passage that animal clones are likely to have ________.

A) a bad temper

B) immune deficiency

C) defective organs

D) an abnormal shape

40. It can be seen that present cloning techniques ________.

A) still have a long way to go before reaching maturity

B) have been widely used in saving endangered species

C) provide insight into the question of nature vs. nurture

D) have proved quite adequate for the cloning of humans

Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)

Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

41. My grandfather, a retired worker, often ________ the past with a feeling of longing and respect.

A) considers C) contrives

B) contemplates D) contacts

42. Medical students are advised that the wearing of a white coat ________ the acceptance of a professional code of conduct expected of the medical profession.

A) supplements C) signifies

B) simulates D) swears

43. The doctors ________ the newly approved drug into the patient when he was critically ill.

A) injected C) projected

B) ejected D) subjected

44. Apart from philosophical and legal reasons for respecting patients’ wishes, there are several practical reasons why doctors should ________ to involve patients in their own medical care decisions.

A) enforce C) endeavor

B) endow D) enhance

45. This is a long ________ – roughly 13 miles down a beautiful valley to the little church below.

A) terrain C) degeneration

B) descent D) tumble

46. She was deeply ________ by the amount of criticism her play received.

A) deported C) involved

B) deprived D) frustrated

47. Some scientists are dubious of the claim that organisms ________ with age as an inevitable outcome of living.

A) depress C) deteriorate

B) default D) degrade

48. Many manufacturers were accused of concentrating too heavily on cost reduction, often at the ________ of the quality of their products.

A) expense C) expansion

B) exposure D) expectation

49. One witness ________ that he’d seen the suspect run out of the bank after it had been robbed.

A) convicted C) retorted

B) conformed D) testified

50. Nothing Helen says is ever ________. She always thinks carefully before she speaks.

A) simultaneous C) spontaneous

B) homogenous D) rigorous

51. She gave ________ directions about the way the rug should be cleaned.

A) explicit C) transient

B) brisk D) opaque

52. It took a lot of imagination to come up with such a(n) ________ plan.

A) inherent C) vigorous

B) ingenious D) exotic

53. A ________ official is one who is irresponsible in his work.

A) timid C) suspicious

B) tedious D) slack

54. Most mathematicians trust their ________ in solving problems and readily admit they would not be able to function without it.

A) conception C) intuition

B) perception D) cognition

55. He had an almost irresistible ________ to talk to the crowd when he entered Hyde Park.

A) impulse C) stimulation

B) instinct D) surge

56. Encouraged by their culture to voice their opinions freely, the Canadians are not afraid to go against the group ________, and will argue their viewpoints enthusiastically, though rarely aggressively.

A) consent C) consensus

B) conscience D) consciousness

57. He still ________ the memory of his carefree childhood spent in that small wooden house of his grandparents’.

A) nourishes C) fancies

B) cherishes D) scans

58. She expressed her strong determination that nothing could ________ her to give up her career as a teacher.

A) induce C) reduce

B) deduce D) attract

59. The microscope and telescope, with their capacity to enlarge, isolate and probe, demonstrate how details can be ________ and separated from the whole.

A) radiated C) prolonged

B) extended D) magnified

60. Lighting can be used not only to create an atmosphere, but also to ________ features of the house, such as ornaments or pictures.

A) highlight C) activate

B) underline D) upgrade

61. By turning this knob to the right you can ________ the sound from the radio.

A) intensify C) enlarge

B) amplify D) reinforce

62. One of the attractive features of the course was the way the practical work had been ________ with the theoretical aspects of the subject.

A) embedded C) integrated

B) embraced D) synthesized

63. They couldn’t see a ________ of hope that they would be saved by a passing ship.

A) grain C) slice

B) span D) gleam

64. The traditional markets retain their ________ for the many Chinese who still prefer fresh food like live fish, ducks, chickens over packaged or frozen goods.

A) appeal C) image

B) pledge D) survival

65. ________ efforts are needed in order to finish important but unpleasant tasks.

A) Consecutive C) Perpetual

B) Condensed D) Persistent

66. A number of students ________ in flats, and others live in the nearby holiday resorts, where there is a reasonable supply of competitively priced accommodation.

A) revive C) gather

B) inhabit D) reside

67. He bought his house on the________ plan, paying a certain amount of money each month.

A) division C) installment

B) premium D) fluctuation

68. He could not ________ ignorance as his excuse; he should have known what was happening in his department.

A) petition C) resort

B) plead D) reproach

69. Many ecologists believe that lots of major species in the world are on the________ of extinction.

A) margin C) verge

B) border D) fringe

70. Any salesperson who sells more than the weekly ________ will receive a bonus.

A) ratio C) allocation

B) quota D) portion

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (／) in the blank.

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. _____／______
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. _____ the ______

The World Health Organization (WHO) says its ten-year
campaign to remove leprosy (麻风病) as a world health
problem has been successful. Doctor Brundtland, head of the
WHO, says a number of leprosy cases around the world has		S1. _____
been cut of ninety percent during the past ten years. She says		S2. _____
efforts are continuing to complete end the disease.		S3. _____
Leprosy is caused by bacteria spread through liquid from
the nose and mouth. The disease mainly effects the skin and		S4. _____
nerves. However, if leprosy is not treated it can cause permanent
damage for the skin, nerves, eyes, arms or legs.		S5. _____
In 1999, an international campaign began to end leprosy.
The WHO, governments of countries most affected by the
disease, and several other groups are part of the campaign.
This alliance guarantees that all leprosy patients, even they		S6. _____
are poor, have a right to the most modern treatment.
Doctor Brundtland says leprosy is no longer a disease
that requires life-long treatments by medical experts. Instead,
patients can take that is called a multi-drug therapy. This		S7. _____
modern treatment will cure leprosy in 6 to 12 months,
depend on the form of the disease. The treatment combines		S8. _____
several drugs taken daily or once a month. The WHO has
given multi-drug therapy to patients freely for the last five		S9. _____
years. The members of the alliance against leprosy plan to
target the countries which still threatened by leprosy. Among		S10. _____
the estimated 600,000 victims around the world, the WHO
believes about 70% are in India. The disease also remains a
problem in Africa and South America.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write an open letter on behalf of the student union asking people to give help to a student who is seriously ill. You should write at least 150 words following the outline given:

1. 对病人的简单介绍：目前的病情和家庭情况

2. 目前的困难：无法继续承担医疗费用，需要护理

3. 希望捐助，联系方式

Your Help Needed

2005.1

1-5 D B A A C   6-10 D A B C B   11-15 A C C A D   16-20 A B D C A
21-25 A D B C D    26-30 B D A B C 31-35 B A D A C 36-40 D B D C A
41-45 B C A C B   46-50 D D A D C   51-55 A B D C A   56-60 C B A D A
61-65 B C D A D   66-70 D C B C B
S1. a－＞the
S2. of－＞by
S3. complete－＞completely
S4. effects－＞affects
S5. for－＞to
S6. even－＞even if/even though
S7. that－＞what
S8. depend－＞depending
S9. freely－＞free
S10. which－＞which are

2004年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:15:00.000+08:00

2004年6月19日试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) Dick's trousers don't match his jacket.

B) Dick looks funny in that yellow jacket.

C) The color of Dick's jacket is too dark.

D) Dick has bad taste in clothes.

2. A) Call the police station. C) Show the man her family pictures.

B) Get the wallet for the man. D) Ask to see the man's driver's license.

3. A) The temperature is not as high as the man claims.

B) The room will get cool if the man opens the windows.

C) She is following instructions not to use the air-conditioning.

D) She is afraid the new epidemic SARS will soon spread all over town.

4. A) She lost a lot of weight in two years.

B) She stopped exercising two years ago.

C) She had a unique way of staying healthy.

D) She was never persistent in anything she did.

5. A) The man is not suitable for the position.

B) The job has been given to someone else.

C) She had received only one application letter.

D) The application arrived a week earlier than expected.

6. A) He's unwilling to fetch the laundry.

B) He has already picked up the laundry.

C) He will go before the laundry is closed.

D) He thinks his mother should get the clothes back.

7. A) At a shopping center. C) At an international trade fair.

B) At an electronics company. D) At a DVD counter in a music store.

8. A) The woman hated the man talking throughout the movie.

B) The woman saw a comedy instead of a horror movie.

C) The woman prefers light movies before sleep.

D) The woman regrets going to the movie.

9. A) He is the fight man to get the job done.

B) He is a man with professional expertise.

C) He is not easy to get along with.

D) He is not likely to get the job.

10. A) It is being forced out of the entertainment industry.

B) It should change its concept of operation.

C) It should revolutionize its technology.

D) It is a very good place to relax.

Section B

Passage One

Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) He set up the first university in America.

B) He was one of the earliest settlers in America.

C) He can best represent the spirit of early America.

D) He was the most distinguished diplomat in American history.

12. A) He provided Washington with a lot of money.

B) He persuaded France to support Washington.

C) He served as a general in Washington's army.

D) He represented Washington in negotiations with Britain.

13. A) As one of the greatest American scholars.

B) As one of America's most ingenious inventors.

C) As one of the founding fathers of the United States.

D) As one of the most famous activists for human rights.

Passage Two

Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard.

14. A) Because we might be offered a dish of insects.

B) Because nothing but freshly cooked insects are served

C) Because some yuppies like to horrify guests with insects as food.

D) Because we might meet many successful executives in the media industry.

15. A) From yuppie clubs. C) In the supermarket.

B) In the seafood market. D) On the Internet.

16. A) It's easy to prepare. C) It's exotic in appearance.

B) It's tasty and healthful. D) It's safe to eat.

17. A) It will be consumed by more and more young people.

B) It will become the first course at dinner parties.

C) It will have to be changed to suit local tastes.

D) It is unlikely to be enjoyed by most People.

Passage Three

Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

18. A) Their business hours are limited.

B) Their safety measures are inadequate.

C) Their banking procedures are complicated.

D) They don't have enough service windows.

19. A) People who are in the habit of switching from one bank to another.

B) Young people who are fond of modern technology.

C) Young people who are wealthy and well-educated.

D) People who have computers at home.

20. A) To compete for customers.

B) To reduce the size of their staff.

C) To provide services for distant clients.

D) To expand their operations at a lower cost.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.

It was the worst tragedy in maritime (航海的) history, six times more deadly than the Titanic.

When the German cruise ship Wilhelm Gustloff was hit by torpedoes (鱼雷) fired from a Russian submarine in the final winter of World War II, more than 10,000 people - mostly women, children and old people fleeing the final Red Army push into Nazi Germany - were packed aboard. An ice storm had turned the decks into frozen sheets that sent hundreds of families sliding into the sea as the ship tilted and began to go down. Others desperately tried to put lifeboats down. Some who succeeded fought off those in the water who had the strength to try to claw their way aboard. Most people froze immediately. Tll never forget the screams," says Christa Ntitzmann, 87, one of the 1,200 survivors. She recalls watching the ship, brightly lit, slipping into its dark grave - and into seeming nothingness, rarely mentioned for more than half a century.

Now Germany's Nobel Prize-winning author Gtinter Grass has revived the memory of the 9,000 dead, including more than 4,000 children - with his latest novel Crab Walk, published last month. The book, which will be out in English next year, doesn't dwell on the sinking; its heroine is a pregnant young woman who survives the catastrophe only to say later: "Nobody wanted to hear about it, not here in the West (of Germany) and not at all in the East." The reason was obvious. As Grass put it in a recent interview with the weekly Die Woche: "Because the crimes we Germans are responsible for were and are so dominant, we didn't have the energy left to tell of our own sufferings.''

The long silence about the sinking of the Wilhelm Gustloff was probably unavoidable - and necessary. By unreservedly owning up to their country's monstrous crimes in the Second World War, Germans have managed to win acceptance abroad, marginalize (使...不得势) the neo- Nazis at home and make peace with their neighbors. Today's unified Germany is more prosperous and stable than at any time in its long, troubled history. For that, a half century of willful forgetting about painful memories like the German Titanic was perhaps a reasonable price to pay. But even the most politically correct Germans believe that they' ye now earned the right to discuss the full historical record. Not to equate German suffering with that of its victims, but simply to acknowledge a terrible tragedy.

21. Why does the author say the sinking of the Wilhelm Gustloff was the worst tragedy in maritime history?

A) It was attacked by Russian torpedoes.

B) Most of its passengers were frozen to death.

C) Its victims were mostly women and children.

D) It caused the largest number of casualties.

22. Hundreds of families dropped into the sea when

A) a strong ice storm tilted the ship

B) the cruise ship sank all of a sudden

C) the badly damaged ship leaned toward one side

D) the frightened passengers fought desperately for lifeboats

23. The Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy was little talked about for more than half a century because Germans

A) were eager to win international acceptance

B) felt guilty for their crimes in World War II

C) ad been pressured to keep silent about it

D) were afraid of offending their neighbors

24. How does Gunter Grass revive the memory of the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy?

A) By presenting the horrible scene of the torpedo attack.

B) By describing the ship's sinking in great detail.

C) By giving an interview to the weekly Die Woche.

D) By depicting the survival of a young pregnant woman.

25. It can be learned from the passage that Germans no longer think that

A) they will be misunderstood if they talk about the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy

B) the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy is a reasonable price to pay for the nation's past misdeeds

C) Germany is responsible for the horrible crimes it committed in World War II

D) it is wrong to equate their sufferings with those of other countries

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.

Given the lack of fit between gifted students and their schools, it is not surprising that such students often have little good to say 'about their school experience. In one study of 400 adul who had achieved distinction in all areas of life, researchers found that three-fifths of these individuals either did badly in school or were unhappy in school. Few MacArthur Prize fellows, winners of the MacArthur Award for creative accomplishment, had good things to say about their precollegiate schooling if they had not been placed in advanced programs. Anecdotal (名人轶事) reports support this. Pablo Picasso, Charles Darwin, Mark Twain, Oliver Goldsmith, and William Butler Yeats all disliked school. So did Winston Churchill, who almost failed out of Harrow, an elite British school. About Oliver Goldsmith, one of his teachers remarked, "Never was so dull a boy." Often these children realize that they know more than their teachers, and their teachers often feel that these children are arrogant, inattentive, or unmotivated.

Some of these gifted people may have done poorly in school because their, gifts were not scholastic. Maybe we can account for Picasso in this way. But most fared poorly in school not because they lacked ability but because they found school unchallenging and consequently lost interest. Yeats described the lack of fit between his mind and school: "Because I had found it difficult to attend to anything less interesting than my own thoughts, I was difficult to teach." As noted earlier, gifted children of all kinds tend to be strong-willed nonconformists. Nonconformity and stubbornness (and Yeats's level of arrogance and self-absorption) are likely to lead to Conflicts with teachers.

When highly gifted students in any domain talk about what was important to the development of their abilities, they are far more likely to mention their families than their schools or teachers. A writing prodigy (神童) studied by David Feldman and Lynn Goldsmith was taught far more about writing by his journalist father than his English teacher. High-IQ children, in Australia studied by Miraca Gross had much more positive feelings about their families than their schools. About half of the mathematicians studied by Benjamin Bloom had little good to say about school. They all did well in school and took honors classes when available, and some skipped grades.

26. The main point the author is making about schools is that

A) they should satisfy the needs of students from different family backgrounds

B) they are often incapable of catering to the needs of talented students

C) they should organize their classes according to the students' ability

D) they should enroll as many gifted students as possible

27. The author quotes the remarks of one of Oliver Goldsmith's teachers

A) to provide support for his argument

B) to illustrate the strong will of some gifted children

C) to explain how dull students can also be successful

D) to show how poor Oliver's performance was at school

28. Pablo Picasso is listed among the many gifted children who

A) paid no attention to their teachers in class

B) contradicted their teachers much too often

C) could not cope with their studies at school successfully

D) behaved arrogantly and stubbornly in the presence of their teachers

29. Many gifted people attributed their success.

A) mainly to parental help and their education at home

B) both to school instruction and to their parents' coaching

C) more to their parents' encouragement than to school training

D) less to their systematic education than to their talent

30. The root cause of many gifted students having bad memories of their school years is that

A) their nonconformity brought them a lot of trouble

B) they were seldom praised by their teachers

C) school courses failed to inspire or motivate them

D) teachers were usually far stricter than their parents

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage,

When we worry about who might be spying on our private lives, we usually think about the Federal agents. But the private sector outdoes the government every time. It's Linda Tripp, not the FBI, who is facing charges under Maryland's laws against secret telephone taping. It's our banks, not the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), that pass our private financial data to telemarketing fin'ms.

Consumer activists are pressing Congress for better privacy laws without much result so far. The legislators lean toward letting business people track our financial habits virtually at will.

As an example of what's going on, consider U.S. Bancorp, which was recently sued for deceptive practices by the state of Minnesota. According to the lawsuit, the bank supplied a telemarketer called MemberWorks with sensitive customer data such as names,, ph'one numbers, bank-account and credit-card numbers, Social Security numbers, account balances and credit limits.

With these customer lists in hand, MemberWorks started dialing for dollars - selling dental plans, videogames, computer software and other products and services. Customers who accepted a "free trial offer" had, 30 days to cancel. If the deadline passed, they were charged automatically through their bank or credit-card accounts. U.S. Bancorp collected a share of the revenues.

Customers were doubly deceived, the lawsuit claims. They. didn't know that the bank was giving account numbers to MemberWorks. And if customers asked, they were led to think the answer was no.

The state sued MemberWorks separately for deceptive selling. Thecompany de'hies that it did anything wrong. For its part, U.S. Bancorp settled without admitting any mistakes. But it agreed to stop exposing its customers to nonfinancial products sold by outside firms. A few top banks decided to do the same. Many other banks will still do business with MemberWorks and similar firms.

And banks will still be mining data from your account in order to sell you financial products, including things of little value, such as credit insurance and credit-card protection plans.

You have almost no protection from businesses that use your personal accounts for profit. For example, no federal law shields "transaction and experience" information - mainly the details of your bank and credit-card accounts. Social Security numbers are for sale by private fa'ms. They've generally agreed not to sell to the public. But to businesses, the numbers are an open book. Selfregulation doesn't work. A firm might publish a privacy-protection policy, but who enforces it?

Take U.S. Bancorp again. Customers were told, in writing, that "all personal information you supply to us will be considered confidential." Then it sold your data to MemberWorks. The bank even claims that it doesn't "sell" your data at all. It merely "shares" it and reaps a profit. Now you know.

31. Contrary to popular belief, the author finds that spying on people's privacy

A) is mainly carried out by means of secret taping

B) has been intensified with the help of the IRS

C) is practiced exclusively by the FBI

D) is more prevalent in business circles

32. We know from the passage that

A) legislators are acting to pass a law to provide better privacy protection

B) most states are turning a blind eye to the deceptive practices of private businesses

C) the state of Minnesota is considering drawing up laws to protect private information

D) lawmakers are inclined to give a free hand to businesses to inquire into customers' buying habits

33. When the "free trial" deadline is over, you'll be charged without notice for a product or service if

A) you fail to cancel it within the specified period

B) you happen to reveal your credit card number

C) you find the product or service unsatisfactory

D) you fail to apply for extension of the deadline

34. Businesses do not regard information concerning personal bank accounts as private because

A) its revelation will do no harm to consumers under the current protection policy

B) it is considered "transaction and experience" information unprotected by law

C) it has always been considered an open secret by the general public

D) its sale can be brought under control through self-regulation

35. We can infer from the passage that

A) banks will have to change their ways of doing business

B) privacy protection laws will soon be enforced

C) consumers' privacy will continue to be invaded

D) "free trial" practice will eventually be banned

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.

It's hardly news that the immigration system is a mess. Foreign nationals have long been slipping across the border with fake papers, and visitors who arrive in the U.S. legitimately often overstay their legal welcome without being punished. But since Sept. 11, it's become clear that terrorists have been shrewdly factoring the weaknesses of our system into their plans. In addition to their mastery of forging passports, at least three of the 19 Sept. 11 hijackers (劫机者) were here on expired visas. That's been a safe bet until now. The Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) ( 移民归化局 ) lacks the resources, and apparently the inclination, to keep track of the estimated 2 million foreigners who have intentionally overstayed their welcome.

But this laxness (马虎) toward immigration fraud may be about to change. Congress has already taken some modest steps. The U.S.A. Patriot Act, passed in the wake of the Sept. 11 tragedy, requires the FBI, the Justice Department, the State Department and the INS to share more data, which will make it easier to stop watch-listed terrorists at the border.

But what's really needed, critics say, is even tougher laws and more resources aimed at tightening up border security. Reformers are calling for a rollback of rules that hinder law enforcement.They also want the INS to hire hundreds more border patrol agents and investigators to keep illegal immigrants out and to track them down once they're here. Reformers also want to see the INS set up a database to monitor whether visa holders actually leave the country when they are required to.

All these proposed changes were part of a new border-security bill that passed the House of Representatives but died in the Senate last week. Before Sept. 11, legislation of this kind had been blocked by two powerful lobbies: universities, which rely on tuition from foreign students who could be kept out by the new law, and business, which relies on foreigners for cheap labor. Since the attacks, they've backed off. The bill would have passed this time but for congressional maneuverings and is expected to be reintroduced and to pass next year.

Also on the agenda for next year: a proposal, backed by some influential law-makers, to split the INS into two agencies - a good cop that would tend to service functions like processing citizenship papers and a bad cop that would concentrate on border inspections, deportation and other functions. One reason for the division, supporters say, is that the INS has in recent years become too focused on serving tourists and immigrants. After the Sept. l 1 tragedy, the INS should pay more attention to serving the millions of ordinary Americans who rely on the nation's border security to protect them from terrorist attacks.

36. Terrorists have obviously taken advantage of

A) the legal privileges granted to foreigners

B) the excessive hospitality of the American people

C) the irresponsibility of the officials at border checkpoints

D) the low efficiency of the Immigration and Naturalization Service

37. We learn from the passage that coordinated efforts will be made by various U.S. government agencies to

A) refuse the renewing of expired visas

B) ward off terrorist suspects at the border

C) prevent the forgery of immigration papers

D). limit the number Of immigrants to the U.S.

38. It can be inferred from the passage that before Sept. 11, aliens with expired visas

A) might have them extended without trouble

B) would be closely watched by FBI agents

C) might stay on for as long as [hey wished

D) would live in constant fear of deportation

39. It is believed by many that all these years the INS

A) has been serving two contradictory functions

B) has been too liberal in granting visas to tourists and immigrants indiscriminately

C) has over-emphasized its service functions at the expense of the nation's security

D) has ignored the pleas of the two powerful lobbies

40. Before Sept. 11, the U.S. Congress had been unable to pass stricter immigration laws because

A) they might have kept away foreign students and cheap labor

B) it was difficult to coordinate the efforts of the congressmen

C) education and business circles cared little about national security

D) resources were not available for their enforcement

Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)

41. It is generally known that New York is a city for and a center for odd bits of information.

A) veterans C) pedestrians

B) victims D) eccentrics

42. High grades are supposed to academic ability, but John's actual performance did not confirm this.

A) certify C) classify

B) clarify D) notify

43. In spite of the , it seemed that many of the invited guests would still show up.

A) deviation C) controversy

B) distinction D) comparison

44. The relatives of those killed in the crash got together to seek

A) premium C) repayment

B) compensation D) refund

45. At first everything went well with the project but recently we have had a number of with the machinery.

A) disturbances C) outputs

B) setbacks D) distortions

46. He tried to hide his patch by sweeping his hair over to one side.

A) barren C) bald

B) bare D) bleak

47. The old couple now still for their beloved son, 30 years after his death.

A) cherish C) immerse

B) groan D) mourn

48. Coffee is the of this district and brings local farmers a lot of money.

A) majority C) spice

B) staple D) elite

49. Before we move, we should ______ some of the old furniture, so that we can have more room in the new house.

A) discard C) cancel

B) dissipate D) conceal

50. You cannot imagine how I feel with my duties sometimes.

A) overflowed C) overwhelmed

B) overthrown D) overturned

51. Anyone not paying the registration fee by the end of this month will be to have withdrawn from the program.

A) contemplated C) acknowledged

B) deemed D) anticipated

52. Although he was on a diet, the delicious food him enormously.

A) distracted C) inspired

B) stimulated D) tempted t

53. The police are trying to what really happened.

A) ascertain C) avert

B) assert D) ascribe

54. Hesaid that ending the agreement would the future of small or family-run shops, lead to fewer books being published and increase prices of all but a few bestsellers.

A) venture C) jeopardize

B) expose D) legalize

55. As we know, computers are used to store and information efficiently.

A) reclaim C) reassure

B) reconcile D) retrieve

56. His illness first itself as severe stomach pains and headaches.

A) expressed C) reflected

B) manifested D) displayed

57. The they felt for each other was obvious to everyone who saw them.

A) affection C) sensibility

B) adherence D) sensitivity

58. When construction can begin depends on how soon the of the route is completed.

A) conviction C) orientation

B) identity D) survey

59. The government a heavy tax on tobacco, which aroused opposition from the tobacco industry.

A) pronounced C) complied

B) imposed D) prescribed

60. Years after the accident he was still by images of death and destruction.

A) twisted C) haunted

B) dipped D) submerged

61. The boxer and almost fell when his opponent hit him.

A) staggered C) scattered

B) shattered D) stamped

62. In mountainous regions, much of the snow that falls is into ice.

A) dispersed C) compiled

B) embodied D) compacted

63. These continual in temperature make it impossible to decide what to wear.

A) transitions C) exchanges

B) transformations D) fluctuations

64. The post-World War II baby resulted in a 43 percent increase in the number of teenagers in the 1960s and 1970s.

A) boost C) production

B) boom D) prosperity

65. Elisabeth did not enter the museum at once, but ______ in the courtyard.

A) resided C) lingered

B) dwelled D) delayed

66. Henry went through the documents again carefully for fear of any important data.

A) relaying C) deleting

B) overlooking D) revealing

67. The bank is offering a to anyone who can give information about the robbery.

A) reward C) prize

B) bonus D) compliment

68. It is a(n) ________ that the French eat so much rich food and yet have a relatively low rate of heart disease.

A) analogy C) correlation

B) paradox D) illusion

69. For many years the Japanese have the car market.

A) presided C) operated

B) occupied D) dominated

70. The subject of safety must be placed at the top of the ________.

A) agenda C) routine

B) bulletin D) timetable

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

Culture refers to the social heritage of a people - the learned
patterns for thinking, feeling and acting that characterize a
population or society, include the expression of these pattems in		S1. __________
material things. Culture is compose of nonmaterial culture -		S2. __________
abstract creations like values, beliefs, customs and institutional
arrangements - and material culture - physical object like		S3. __________
cooking pots, computers and bathtubs. In sum, culture reflects		S4. __________
both the ideas we share or everything we make. In ordinary
speech, a person of culture is the individual can speak another		S5. __________
language - the person who is unfamiliar with the arts, music,		S6. __________
literature, philosophy, or history. But to sociologists, to be
human is to be cultured, because of culture is the common world		S7. __________
of experience we share with other members of our group.
Culture is essentially to our humanness. It provides a kind		S8. __________
of map for relating to others. Consider how you fred your way
about social life. How do you know how to act in a classroom,
or a department store, or toward a person who smiles or laugh		S9. __________
at you? Your culture supplies you by broad, standardized,		S10. __________
ready-made answers for dealing with each of these situations.
Therefore, if we know a person's culture, we can understand
and even predict a good deal of his behavior.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a letter to the editor of a newspaper complaining about the poor service of a bookstore. You should write at least 150 words according to the guidelines given below in Chinese.

设想你买了一本英文词典，发现有这样那样的质量问题，书店的服务态度又不好，因此给报社编辑写信。信中必须包括以下内容：

事情的起因

与书店交涉的经过

呼吁服务行业必须提高服务质量

A Letter to the Editor of a Newspaper

2004.6

1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C

6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. C

11. C 12. D 13. C 14. A 15. D

16. B 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. A

21. D 22. A 23. A 24. D 25. A

26. B 27. A 28. D 29. A 30. C

31. D 32. D 33. A 34. B 35. C

36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. A

41. C 42. C 43. C 44. 45. C

46. C 47. D 48. B 49. A 50. C

51. C 52. B 53. A 54. C 55. A

56. D 57. A 58. D 59. B 60. C

61. A 62. D 63. D 64. B 65. C

66. D 67. A 68. 69. D 70. B

2004年1月大学英语考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:11:00.000+08:00

2004年1月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) She knows where Martha has gone.

B) Martha will go to the concert by herself.

C) It is quite possible for the man to find Martha.

D) The man is going to meet Martha at the concert.

2. A) The air pollution is caused by the development of industry.

B) The city was poor because there wasn't much industry then.

C) The woman's exaggerating the seriousness of the pollution.

D) He might move to another city very soon.

3. A) The man should work harder to improve his grades.

B) The man will benefit from the effort he's put in.

C) It serves the man right to get a poor grade.

D) It was unfair of the teacher to give the man a C.

4. A) She can make a reservation at the restaurant.

B) The man should decide where to eat.

C) She already has plans for Saturday night.

D) The man should ask his brother for suggestions.

5. A) The man deserved the award.

B) The woman helped the man succeed.

C) The man is thankful to the woman for her assistance.

D) The woman worked hard and was given an award.

6. A) Voluntary work can help the man establish connections with the community.

B) The man's voluntary work has left him little room in his schedule.

C) Voluntary work with the environment council requires a time commitment.

D) A lot of people have signed up for voluntary work with the environment council.

7. A) The patient must receive treatment regularly.

B) The patient can't leave the hospital until the bleeding stops.

C) The patient's husband can attend to the business in her place.

D) The patient must take a good rest and forget about her business.

8. A) Alice does not know much about electronics.

B) Alice is unlikely to find a job anywhere.

C) Alice is not interested in anything but electronics.

D) Alice is likely to find a job in an electronics company.

9. A) Jimmy is going to set out tonight.

B) Jimmy has not decided on his journey.

C) There is no need to have a farewell dinner.

D) They may have a dinner when Jimmy's back.

10. A) The woman had been planning for the conference.

B) The woman called the man but the line was busy.

C) The woman didn't come back until midnight.

D) The woman had guests all evening.

Section B

Passage One

Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) They are delighted because they can enjoy the scenery while driving.

B) They are frightened because traffic accidents are frequent.

C) They are irritated because the bridge is jammed with cars.

D) They are pleased because it saves them much time.

12. A) They don't have their own cars to drive to work.

B) Many of them are romantic by temperament.

C) Most of them enjoy the drinks on the boat.

D) They tend to be more friendly to each other.

13. A) Many welcome the idea of having more bars on board.

B) Many prefer the ferry to maintain its present speed.

C) Some suggest improving the design of the deck.

D) Some object to using larger luxury boats.

Passage Two

Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard.

14. A) Coca Cola.

B) Sausage.

C) Milk.

D) Fried chicken.

15. A) He has had thirteen decayed teeth.

B) He doesn't have a single decayed tooth.

C) He has fewer decayed teeth than other people of his age.

D) He never had a single tooth pulled out before he was fifty.

16. A) Brush your teeth right before you go to bed in the evening.

B) Have as few of your teeth pulled out as possible.

C) Have your teeth X-rayed at regular intervals.

D) Clean your teeth shortly after eating.

Passage Three

Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

17. A) A visit to a prison.

B) The influence of his father.

C) A talk with some miserable slaves.

D) His experience in the war between France and Austria.

18. A) He sent surgeons to serve in the army.

B) He provided soldiers with medical supplies.

C) He recruited volunteers to care for the wounded.

D) He helped to flee the prisoners of war.

19. A) All men are created equal.

B) The wounded and dying should be treated for free.

C) A wounded soldier should surrender before he receives any medical treatment.

D) A suffering person is entitled to help regard/ess of race, religion or political beliefs.

20. A) To honor Swiss heroes who died in the war.

B) To show Switzerland was neutral.

C) To pay tribute to Switzerland.

D) To show gratitude to the Swiss government for its financial support.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.

For years, doctors advised their patients that the only thing taking multivitamins does is give them expensive urine (尿). After all, true vitamin deficiencies are practically unheard of in industrialized countries. Now it seems those doctors may have been wrong. The results of a growing number of studies suggest that even a modest vitamin shortfall can be harmful to your health. Although proof of the benefits of multivitamins is still far from certain, the few dollars you spend on them is probably a good investment.

Or at least that's the argument put forward in the New England Journal of Medicine. Ideally, say Dr. Walter Willett and Dr. Meir Stampfer of Harvard, all vitamin supplements would be evaluated in scientifically rigorous clinical trials. But those studies can take a long time and often raise more questions than they answer. At some point, while researchers work on figuring out where the truth lies, it just makes sense to say the potential benefit outweighs the cost.

The best evidence to date concerns folate, one of the B vitamins. It's been proved to limit the number of defects in embryos (胚胎), and a recent trial found that folate in combination with vitamin B 12 and a form of B6 also decreases the re-blockage of arteries after surgical repair.

The news on vitamin E has been more mixed. Healthy folks who take 400 international units daily for at least two years appear somewhat less likely to develop heart disease. But when doctors give vitamin E to patients who already have heart disease, the vitamin doesn't seem to help. It may turn out that vitamin E plays a role in prevention but cannot undo serious damage.

Despite vitamin C's great popularity, consuming large amounts of it still has not been positively linked to any great benefit. The body quickly becomes saturated with C and simply excretes (排泄) any excess.

The multivitamins question boils down to this: Do you need to wait until all the evidence is in before you take them, or are you willing to accept that there's enough evidence that they don't hurt and could help?

If the latter, there's no need to go to extremes and buy the biggest horse pills or the most expensive bottles. Large doses can cause trouble, including excessive bleeding and nervous system problems.

Multivitamins are no substitute for exercise and a balanced diet, of course. As long as you understand that any potential benefit is modest and subject to further refinement, taking a daily multivitamin makes a lot of sense.

21. At one time doctors discouraged taking multivitamins because they believed that multivitamins ____.

A) could not easily be absorbed by the human body

B) were potentially harmful to people's health

C) were too expensive for daily consumption

D) could not provide any cure for vitamin deficiencies

22. According to the author, clinical trials of vitamin supplements ____.

A) often result in misleading conclusions

B) take time and will not produce conclusive results

C) should be conducted by scientists on a larger scale

D) appear to be a sheer waste of time and resources

23. It has been found that vitamin E _____.

A) should be taken by patients regularly and persistently

B) can effectively reduce the recurrence of heart disease

C) has a preventive but not curative effect on heart disease

D) should be given to patients with heart disease as early as possible

24. It can be seen that large doses of multivitamins _____.

A) may bring about serious side effects

B) may help prevent excessive bleeding

C) are likely to induce the blockage of arteries

D) are advisable for those with vitamin deficiencies

25. The author concludes the passage with the advice that _____.

A) the benefit of daily multivitamin intake outweighs that of exercise and a balanced diet

B) it's risky to take multivitamins without knowing their specific function

C) the potential benefit of multivitamins can never be overestimated

D) it's reasonable to take a rational dose of multivitamins daily

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.

Some futurologists have assumed that the vast upsurge (剧增) of women in the workforce may portend a rejection of marriage. Many women, according to this hypothesis, would rather work than marry. The converse (反面) of this concern is that the prospects of becoming a multi-paycheck household could encourage marriages. In the past, only the earnings and financial prospects of the man counted in the marriage decision. Now, however, the earning ability of a woman can make her more attractive as a marriage partner. Data show that economic downturns tend to postpone marriage because the parties cannot afford to establish a family or are concerned about rainy days ahead. As the economy rebounds, the number of marriages also rises.

Coincident with the increase in women working outside the home is the increase in divorce rates. Yet, it may be wrong to jump to any simple cause-and-effect conclusions. The impact of a wife's work on divorce is no less cloudy than its impact on marriage decisions. The realization that she can be a good provider may increase the chances that a working wife will choose divorce over an unsatisfactory marriage. But the reverse is equally plausible. Tensions grounded in financial problems often play a key role in ending a marriage. Given high unemployment, inflationary problems, and slow growth in real earnings, a working wife can increase household income and relieve some of these pressing financial burdens. By raising a family's standard of living, a working wife may strengthen her family's financial and emotional stability.

Psychological factors also should be considered. For example, a wife blocked from a career outside the home may feel caged in the house. She may view her only choice as seeking a divorce. On the other hand, if she can find fulfillment through work outside the home, work and marriage can go together to create a stronger and more stable union.

Also, a major part of women's inequality in marriage has been due to the fact that, in most cases, men have remained the main breadwinners. With higher earning capacity and status occupations outside of the home comes the capacity to exercise power within file family. A working wife may rob a husband of being the master of the house. Depending upon how the couple reacts to these new conditions, it could create a stronger equal partnership or it could create new insecurities.

26. The word "portend" (Line 2, Para. 1) is closest in meaning to “_____”.

A) defy C) suffer from

B) signal D) result from

27. It is said in the passage that when the economy slides, _____.

A) men would choose working women as their marriage partners

B) more women would get married to seek financial security

C) even working women would worry about their marriages

D) more people would prefer to remain single for the time being

28. If women find fulfillment through work outside the home, _____.

A) they are more likely to dominate their marriage partners

B) their husbands are expected to do more housework

C) their marriage ties can be strengthened

D)they tend to put their career before marriage

29. One reason why women with no career may seek a divorce is that _____.

A) they feel that they have been robbed of their freedom

B) they are afraid of being bossed around by their husbands

C) they feel that their partners fail to live up to their expectations

D) they tend to suspect their husbands' loyalty to their marriage

30. Which of the following statements can best summarize the author's view in the passage?

A) The stability of marriage and the divorce rate may reflect the economic situation of the country.

B) Even when economically independent, most women have to struggle for real equality in marriage.

C) In order to secure their marriage women should work outside the home and remain independent

D) The impact of the growing female workforce on marriage varies from case to case.

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage,

For most thinkers since the Greek philosophers, it was self-evident that there is something called human nature, something that constitutes the essence of man. There were various views about what constitutes it, but there was agreement that such an essence exists -- that is to say, that there is something by virtue of which man is man. Thus man was defined as a rational being, as a social animal, an animal that can make tools, or a symbol-making animal.

More recently, this traditional view has begun to be questioned. One reason for this change was the increasing emphasis given to the historical approach to man. An examination of the history of humanity suggested that man in our epoch is so different from man in previous times that it seemed unrealistic to assume that men in every age have had in common something that can be called "human nature." The historical approach was reinforced, particularly in the United States, by studies in the field of cultural anthropology (人类学). The study of primitive peoples has discovered such a diversity of customs, values, feelings, and thoughts that many anthropologists arrived at the concept that man is born as a blank sheet of paper on which each culture writes its text. Another factor contributing to the tendency to deny the assumption of a fixed human nature was that the concept has so often been abused as a shield behind which the most inhuman acts are committed. In the name of human nature, for example, Aristotle and most thinkers up to the eighteenth century defended slavery. Or in order to prove the rationality and necessity of the capitalist form of society, scholars have tried to make a case for acquisitiveness, competitiveness, and selfishness as innate (天生的) human traits. Popularly, one refers cynically to "human nature" in accepting the inevitability of such undesirable human behavior as greed, murder, cheating and lying.

Another reason for skepticism about the concept of human nature probably lies in the influence of evolutionary thinking. Once man came to be seen as developing in the process of evolution, the idea of a substance which is contained in his essence seemed untenable. Yet I believe it is precisely from an evolutionary standpoint that we can expect new insight into the problem of the nature of man.

31. The traditional view of "human nature" was strongly challenged by _____.

A) the emergence of the evolutionary theory

B) the historical approach to man

C) new insight into human behavior

D) the philosophical analysis of slavery

32. According to the passage, anthropologists believe that human beings _____.

A) have some traits in common

B) are born with diverse cultures

C) are born without a fixed nature

D) change their characters as they grow up

33. The author mentioned Aristotle, a great ancient thinker, in order to _____.

A) emphasize that he contributed a lot to defining the concept of "human nature"

B) show that the concept of "human nature" was used to justify social evils

C) prove that he had a profound influence on the concept of "human nature"

D) support the idea that some human traits are acquired

34. The word "untenable" (Line 3) in the last paragraph of the passage most probably means _____.

A) invaluable C) changeable

B) imaginable D) indefensible

35. Most philosophers believed that human nature _____.

A) is the quality distinguishing man from other animals

B) consists of competitiveness and selfishness

C) is something partly innate and partly acquired

D) consists of rationality and undesirable behavior

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.

Richard Satava, program manager for advanced medical technologies, has been a driving force in bringing virtual reality to medicine, where computers create a "virtual" or simulated environment for surgeons and other medical practitioners (从业者).

"With virtual reality we'll be able to put a surgeon in every trench," said Satava. He envisaged a time when soldiers who are wounded fighting overseas are put in mobile surgical units equipped with computers.

The computers would transmit images of the soldiers to surgeons back in the U.S. The surgeons would look at the soldier through virtual reality helmets (头盔) that contain a small screen displaying the image of the wound. The doctors would guide robotic instruments in the battlefield mobile surgical unit that operate on the soldier.

Although Satava's vision may be years away from standard operating procedure, scientists are progressing toward virtual reality surgery. Engineers at an international organization in California are developing a tele-operating device. As surgeons watch a three-dimensional image of the surgery, they move instruments that are connected to a computer, which passes their movements to robotic instruments that perform the surgery. The computer provides, feedback to the surgeon on force, textures, and sound.

These technological wonders may not yet be part of the community hospital setting but increasingly some of the machinery is finding its way into civilian medicine. At Wayne State University Medical School, surgeon Lucia Zamorano takes images of the brain from computerized scans and uses a computer program to produce a 3-D image. She can then maneuver the 3-D image on the computer screen to map the shortest, least invasive surgical path to the rumor (肿瘤). Zamorano is also using technology that attaches a probe to surgical instruments so that she can track their positions. While cutting away a tumor deep in the brain, she watches the movement of her surgical tools in a computer graphics image of the patient's brain taken before surgery.

During these procedures -- operations that are done through small cuts in the body in which a miniature camera and surgical tools are maneuvered -- surgeons are wearing 3-D glasses for a better view. And they are commanding robot surgeons to cut away tissue more accurately than human surgeons can.

Satava says, "We are in the midst of a fundamental change in the field of medicine."

36. According to Richard Satava, the application of virtual reality to medicine _____.

A) will enable surgeons to be physically present on every battlefield

B) can raise the spirits of soldiers wounded on the battlefield

C) will greatly improve medical conditions on the battlefield

D) can shorten the time for operations on soldiers wounded on the battlefield

37. Richard Satava has visions of _____.

A) using a remote-control technique to treat wounded soldiers fighting overseas

B) wounded soldiers being saved by doctors wearing virtual reality helmets on the battlefield

C) wounded soldiers being operated on by specially trained surgeons

D) setting up mobile surgical units overseas

38. How is virtual reality surgery performed?

A) It is performed by a computer-designed high precision device.

B) Surgeons wear virtual reality helmets to receive feedback provided by a computer.

C) Surgeons move robotic instruments by means of a computer linked to them.

D) A 3-D image records the movements of the surgeons during the operation.

39. During virtual reality operations, the surgeon can have a better view of the cuts in the body because _____.

A) he is looking at the cuts on a computer screen

B) the cuts can be examined from different angles

C) the cuts have been highly magnified

D) he is wearing 3-D glasses

40. Virtual reality operations are an improvement on conventional surgery in that they _____.

A) cause less pain to the wounded

B) allow the patient to recover more quickly

C) will make human surgeons' work less tedious

D) are done by robot surgeons with greater precision

Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)

41. He suggested that we put the scheme into effect, for it is quite _____.

A) probable C) feasible

B) sustainable D) eligible

42. This book is about how these basic beliefs and values affect important _____ of American life.

A) facets C) formulas

B) formats D) fashions

43. It is one thing to locate oil, but it is quite another to _____ and transport it to the industrial centers.

A) permeate C) distinguish

B) extract D) concentrate

44. Students are expected to be quiet and _____ in an Asian classroom.

A) obedient C) skeptical

B) overwhelming D) subsidiary

45. Our reporter has just called to say that rescue teams will _____ to bring out the trapped miners.

A) effect C) conceive

B) affect D) endeavour

46. The Spanish team, who are not in superb form, will be doing their best next week to _____ themselves on tile German team for last year's defeat.

A) remedy C) revive

B) reproach D) revenge

47. Creating so much confusion, Mason realized he had better make _____ what he was trying to tell the audience.

A) exclusive C) objective

B) explicit D) obscure

48. One of the examination questions _____ me completely and I couldn't answer it.

A) baffled C) provoked

B) mingled D) diverted

49. The vision of that big black car hitting the sidewalk a few feet from us will never be _____ from my memory.

A) ejected C) erased

B) escaped D) omitted

50. At present, it is not possible to confirm or to refute the suggestion that there is a causal relationship between the amount of fat we eat and the _____ of heart attacks.

A) incidence C) rupture

B) impetus D) emergence

51. There are many who believe that the use of force _____ political ends can never be justified.

A) in search of C) in view of

B) in pursuit of D) in light of

52. Sometimes the bank manager himself is asked to _____ cheques if his clerks are not sure about them.

A) credit C) certify

B) assure D) access

53. It is believed that the authorities are thinking of _____ new taxes to raise extra revenue.

A) impairing C) invading

B) imposing D) integrating

54. When she heard the bad news, her eyes _____ with tears as she struggled to control her emotions.

A) sparkled C) radiated

B) twinkled D) glittered

55. There are occasions when giving a gift _____ spoken communication, since the message it offers can cut through barriers of language and cultural diversity.

A) overtakes C) surpasses

B) nourishes D) enforces

56. In order to keep the line moving, customers with lengthy _____ are required to do their banking inside.

A) transit C) turnover

B) transactions D) tempos

57. President Wilson attempted to _____ between the powers to end the war, but neither side was prepared to give in.

A) segregate C) compromise

B) whirl D) mediate

58. The police have installed cameras at dangerous road _____ to film those who drive through red traffic lights.

A) trenches C) pavements

B) utilities D) junctions

59. It is reported that thirty people were killed in a _____ on the railway yesterday.

A) collision C) corrosion

B) collaboration D) confrontation

60. Since a circle has no beginning or end, the wedding ring is accepted as a symbol of _____ love.

A) successive C) eternal

B) consecutive D) insistent

61. Executives of the company enjoyed an _____ lifestyle of free gifts, fine wines and high salaries.

A) exquisite C) exotic

B) extravagant D) eccentric

62. If you want to get into that tunnel, you first have to _____ away all the rocks.

A) haul C) dispose

B) repel D) snatch

63. Some crops are relatively high yielders and could be planted in preference to others to _____ the food supply.

A) enhance C) disrupt

B) curb D) heighten

64. Astronomers at the University of California discovered one of the most distant _____.

A) paradoxes C) galaxies

B) paradises D) shuttles

65. Many great scientists _____ their success to hard work.

A) portray C) impart

B) ascribe D) acknowledge

66. The sign set up by the road _____ drivers to a sharp turn.

A) alerts C) pleads

B) refreshes D) diverts

67. The doctors don't _____ that the patient will live much longer.

A) monitor C) articulate

B) manifest D) anticipate

68. Call your doctor for advice if the _____ persist for more than a few days.

A) responses C) symptoms

B) signals D) reflections

69. We find it impossible to _____ with the latest safety regulations.

A) accord C) obey

B) unify D) comply

70. Professor Smith and Professor Brown will _____ in presenting the series of lectures on American literature.

A) alter C) substitute

B) alternate D) exchange

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

Thomas Malthus published his "Essay on the Principle
of Population" almost 200 years ago. Ever since then,
forecasters have being warning that worldwide famine was		S1. _____
just around the next corner. The fast-growing population's
demand for food, they warned, would soon exceed their		S2. _____
supply, leading to widespread food shortages and starvation.
But in reality, the world's total grain harvest has risen
steadily over the years. Except for relative isolated trouble		S3. _____
spots like present-day Somalia, and occasional years of
good harvests, the world's food crisis has remained just		S4. _____
around the corner. Most experts believe this can continue
even as if the population doubles by the mid-21st century,		S5. _____
although feeding I0 billion people will not be easy for
politics, economic and environmental reasons. Optimists		S6. _____
point to concrete examples of continued improvements
in yield. In Africa, by instance, improved seed, more		S7. _____
fertilizer and advanced growing practices have more than
double corn and wheat yields in an experiment. Elsewhere,		S8. _____
rice experts in the Philippines are producing a plant with few		S9. _____
stems and more seeds. There is no guarantee that plant
breeders can continue to develop new, higher-yielding
crop, but most researchers see their success to date as reason		S10. _____
for hope.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Reduce Waste on Campus You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below:

Reduce Waste on Campus

1. 有些大学校园浪费现象日益严重

2. 浪费的危害

3. 杜绝浪费，从我做起

2004.1

1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. D

11. C 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. C 20. C

21. A 22. B 23. C 24. A 25. D 26. B 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. D

31. A 32. C 33. D 34. D 35. A 36. D 37. A 38. A 39. D 40. D

41. C 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. A

51. B 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. D 59. A 60. C

61. B 62. A 63. A 64. C 65. B 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. B

S1. beingàbeen S2. theiràits

S3. relativeàrelatively S4. goodàbad

S5. asà去掉 S6. politicsàpolitical

S7. byàfor S8. doubleàdoubled

S9. fewàmore S10. reasonàthe reason

2003年9月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T16:07:00.001+08:00

2003年9月试卷

Part Ⅰ Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)
Section A
Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what war said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once: After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you maxi read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is, the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.
Example: You will hear:
You will read:
A) 2 hours.
  B) 3 hours.
C) 4 hours.
D) 5 hours.
From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish by 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) "5 hours" is the correct answer. You should choose [D]on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre.
Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D]
1. A) The lecture for next Monday is cancelled.
B) The lecture wasn’t as successful as expected.
C) The woman doesn't want to attend the lecture.
D) The woman may attend next Monday’s lecture.
2. A) The woman has a very tight budget.
B) He does not think the fur coat is worth buying.
C) He's willing to lend the woman money for the fur coat.
D) The woman is not careful enough in planning her spending.
3. A) Clean the kitchen.
B) Ask someone to fix the sink.
C) Find a bigger apartment for the lady.
D) Check the work done by the maintenance man.
4. A) The lens.                      C) The flash.
B) The price.                           D) The leather case.
5. A) She needs another haircut soon.
B) She thinks it worthwhile to try Santerbale’s
C) She knows a less expensive place for a haircut.
D) She would like to make an appointment for the man.
6. A) The woman doesn't want Io cook a meal.
B) The woman wants to have a picnic.
C) The woman has a poor memory.
D) The woman likes Mexican food.
7. A) Everyone enjoyed himself at John's panics.
B) The woman didn't enjoy John's parties at all.
C) It will be the first time for the man to attend John's party.
D) The woman is glad to be invited to John’s house-warming party.
8. A) She lacks confidence in herself.
B) She is not interested in computer programming.
C) She has never signed up for any competition before.
D) She is sure to win the programming contest.
9. A) The man has an enormous amount of work to do.
B) The man has made plans for his vacation.
C) The man’ll take work with him on his vacation.
D) Work stacked up during the man’s last vacation.
10. A) She likes the job of feeding fish.
  B) She finds her new job interesting.
  C) She feels unfit for her new job.
  D) She's not in good health.

Section B
Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Passage One
Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.
11. A) Rally support for their movement.
  B) Liberate women from tedious housework.
  C) Claim their rights to equal job opportunities.
  D) Express their anger against sex discrimination.
12. A) It will bring a lot of trouble to the local people.
  B) It is a popular form of art.
  C) It will spoil the natural beauty of their surroundings.
  D) It is popular among rock stars.
13. A) To show that mindless graffiti can provoke violence.
  B) To show that Londoners have a special liking for graffiti.
  C) To show that graffiti, in some cases, can constitute a crime.
  D) To show that graffiti can make the environment more colorful.
Passage Two
Questions 14 to 16 are bawd on the passage you have just heard.
14. A) The Asian elephant is easier to tame.
  B) The Asian elephant's skin is more valuable.
  C) The Asian elephant is less popular with tourists.
  D) The Asian elephant produces ivory of a better quality.
15. A) From the captured or tamed elephants.
  B) From the British wildlife protection group.
  C) From elephant hunters in Thailand and Burma.
  D) From tourists visiting the Thai-Burmese border.
16. A) Their taming for circuses and zoos.
  B) The destruction of their natural homes.
  C) Man's lack of knowledge about their behavior.
  D) The greater vulnerability to extinction than other species.
Passage Three
Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.
17. A) They had lost their jobs as a result of the Industrial Revolution.
  B) They had been suffering from political and religious oppression.
  C) They wanted to flee from the widespread famine in Northern Europe.
  D) They wanted to make a fortune there by starting their own businesses.
18. A) They might lose control of their members because of the increase in immigration.
  B) Their members might find it difficult to get along with the newcomers.
  C) The working condition of their members might deteriorate.
  D) Their members might lose their jobs to the newcomers.
19. A) To impose restrictions on further immigration.
  B) To improve the working conditions of immigrants.
  C) To set a minimum wage level for new immigrants.
  D) To put requirements on languages for newcomers.
20. A) They were looked down upon by European immigrants.
  B) They had a hard time seeking equal job opportunities.
  C) They worked very hard to earn a decent living.
  D) They strongly opposed continued immigration.

Part Ⅱ Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)
Directions: There are 4 passages in this part, Each passage is followed by some questions at unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

Passage One
Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.
    In 1985 when a Japan Air Lines (JAL) jet crashed, its president, Yasumoto Takagi, called each victim’s family to apologize, and then promptly resigned. And in 1987, when a subsidiary of Toshiba sole sensitive military technology to the former Soviet Union, the chairman of Toshiba gave up his post.
    These executive actions, which Toshiba calls “the highest form of apology,” may seem bizarre to US managers. No one at Boeing resigned after the JAL crash, which may have been caused by a faulty Boeing repair.
    The difference between the two business cultures centers around different definitions of delegation. While US executives give both responsibility and authority to their employees, Japanese executives delegate only authority—the responsibility is still theirs. Although the subsidiary that sold the sensitive technology to the Soviets had its own management, the Toshiba top executives said they “must take personal responsibility for not creating an atmosphere throughout the Toshiba group that would make such activity unthinkable, even in an independently run subsidiary.”
    Such acceptance of community responsibility is not unique to businesses in Japan. School principals in Japan have resigned when their students committed major crimes after school hours. Even if they do not quit, Japanese executives will often accept primary responsibility in other ways, such as taking the first pay cut when a company gets into financial trouble. Such personal sacrifices, even if they are largely symbolic, help to create the sense of community and employee loyalty that is crucial to the Japanese way of doing business.
     Harvard Business School professor George Lodge calls the ritual acceptance of blame “almost a feudal (封建的) way of purging (清除) the community of dishonor,” and to some in the United States, such resignations look cowardly. However, in an era in which both business and governmental leaders seem particularly good at evading responsibility, many US managers would probably welcome an infusion (灌输) of the Japanese sense of responsibility, If, for instance, US automobile company executives offered to reduce their own salaries before they asked their workers to take pay cuts, negotiations would probably take on a very different character.

21. Why did the chairman of Toshiba resign his position in 1987?
A) In Japan, the leakage of a slate secret to Russians is a grave came.
B) He had been under attack for shifting responsibility to his subordinates.
C) In Japan, the chief executive of a corporation is held responsible for the mistake made by its subsidiaries.
D) He had been accused of being cowardly towards crises that were taking place in his corporation.

22. According to the passage if you want to be a good manager in Japan, you have to ________.
A) apologize promptly for your subordinates' mistakes
B) be skillful in accepting blames from customers
C) make symbolic sacrifices whenever necessary
D) create a strong sense of company loyalty

23. What’s Professor George Lodge’s attitude towards the resignations of Japanese corporate leaders?
A) Sympathetic C) Critical
B) Biased. D) Approving.

24. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A) Boeing had nothing to do with the JAL air crash in 1985.
B) American executives consider authority and responsibility inseparable.
C) School principals bear legal responsibility for students' crimes.
D) Persuading employees to take pay cuts doesn’t help solve corporate crises.

25. The passage is mainly about ________.
A) resignation as an effective way of dealing with business crises
B) the importance of delegating responsibility to employees
C) ways of evading responsibility in times of crises
D) the difference between two business cultures

Passage Two
Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.
   As machines go, the car is not terribly noisy, nor terribly polluting, nor terribly dangerous; and on all those dimensions it has become better as the century has grown older. The main problem is its prevalence, and the social costs that ensue from the use by everyone of something that would be fairly harmless if, say, only the rich were to use it. It is a price we pay for equality.
   Before becoming too gloomy, it is worth recalling why the car has been arguably the most successful and popular product of the whole of the past 100 years—and remains so. The story begins with the environmental improvement it brought in the 1900s. In New York city in 1900, according to the Car Culture. A 1975 book by J. Flink, a historian, horses deposited 2.5 millioo pounds of manure(粪)and 60,000 gallons of urine (尿) every day. Every year, the city authorities had to remove an average of 15,000 dead horses from the streets, It made cars smell of roses.
    Cars were also wonderfully flexible. The main earlier solution to horse pollution and traffic jams was the electric trolley bus (电车). But that required fixed overhead wires, and rails and platforms, which were expensive, ugly, and inflexible, The car could go from any A to any B, and allowed towns to develop in all directions with low-density housing, rather than just being concentrated along the trolley or rail lines. Rural areas benefited too, for they became less remote.
   However, since pollution became a concern in the 1950s, experts have predicted—wrongly—that the car boom was about to end. In his book Mr. Flink argued that by 1973 the American market had become saturated, at one car for every 2.25 people, and so had the markets of Japan and Western Europe (because of land shortages). Environmental worries and diminishing oil reserves would prohibit mass car use anywhere else.
    He was wrong, Between 1970 and 1990, whereas America’s population grew by 23%, the aumber of cars on its roads grew by 60%, There is now one car for every 1.7 people there, one for every 2.1 in Japan, one for every 5.3 in Britain. Around 550 million cars are already on the roads, not to mention all the trucks and mocorcyeles, and about 50 million new ones are made each year worldwide. Will it go on? Undoubtedly, because people want it to.

26. As is given in the first paragraph, the reason why the car has become a problem is that ________.
A) poor people can’t afford it
B) it is too expensive to maintain
C) too many people are using it
D) it causes too many road accidents

27. According to the passage, the car started to gain popularity because ________.
A) it didn’t break down as easily as a horse
B) it had a comparatively pleasant odor
C) it caused less pollution than horses
D) it brightened up the gloomy streets

28. What impact did the use of cars have on society?
A) People were compelled to leave downtown areas.
B) People were able to live in less crowded suburban areas.
C) Business along trolley and rail lines slackened.
D) City streets were free of ugly overhead wires.

29. Mr.Flink argued in his book that cars would not be widely used in other countries because ________.
A) the once booming car market has become saturated
B) traffic jams in those countries are getting more and more serious
C) expensive motorways are not available in less developed countries
D) people worry about pollution and the diminishing oil resources

30. What’s wrong with Mr.Flink’s prediction?
A) The use of automobiles has kept increasing worldwide.
B) New generations of cars are virtually pollution free.
C) The population of America has not increased as fast.
D) People’s environmental concerns are constantly increasing.

Passage Three
Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage.
    Crying is hardly an activity encouraged by society. Tears, be they of sorrow, anger, on joy, typically make Americans feel uncomforuble and embarrassed. The shedder of tears is likely to apologize, even when a devastating (毁灭性的) tragedy was the provocation. The observer of tears is likely to do everything possible to put an end to the emotional outpouring. But judging form recent studies of crying behavior, links between illness and crying and the chemical composition of tears, both those responses to tears are often inappropriate and may even be counterproductive.
     Humans are the only animals definitely known to shed emotiomal tears. Since evolution has given rise to few, if any, purposeless physiological responset, it is logical to assume that crying has one or more functions that enhance survival.
Although some observers have suggested that crying is a way to clicit assistance form others (as a crying baby might from its mother), the shedding of tears is hardly necessary to get help. Vocal cries would have been quite enough, more likely than tears to gain attention, So, it appears, there must be something special about tears themselves.
   Indeed, the new studies suggest that emotional tears may play a direct role in alleviating stress, University of Minnesota researchers who are studying the chemical composition of tears have recently isolated two important chemicals from emotional tears. Both chemicals are found only in tears that are shed in response to cmotion. Tears shed because of exposure to =cut onion would contain no such substance.
Researchers at several other institutions are investigating the usefulness of tears as a means of diagnosing human ills and monitoring drugs.
    At Tulane University’s Teat Analysis Laboratory Dr.Peter Kastl and his colleagues report that they can use tears to detect drug abuse and exposure to medication(药物), to determine whether a contact lens fits properly of why it may be uncomfortable, to study the causes of “dry eye” syndrome and the effects of eye surgery, and perhaps even to measure exposure to environmental pollutants.
    At Columbia University Dt.Liasy Faris and colleagues are studying tears for clues to the diagnosis of diseases away from the eyes. Tears can be obtained painlessly without invading the body and only tiny amounts are needed to perform highly refined analyses.

31. It is known from the first paragraph that ________.
A) shedding tears gives unpleasant feelings to American
B) crying may often imitate people or even result in tragedy
C) crying usually wins sympathy from other people
D) one who sheds tears in public will be blamed

32. What does “both those responses to tears”(Line 6, Para, 1) refer to?
A) Crying out of sorrow and shedding tears for happiness.
B) The embarrassment and unpleasant sensation of the observers.
C) The tear shedder’s apology and the observer’s effort to stop the crying.
D) Linking illness with crying and finding the chemical composition of tears.

33. “Counterproductive” (Lines 6-7, Para,1) very probably means “________”.
A) having no effect at all
B) leading to tension
C) producing disastrous impact
D) harmful to health

34. What does the author say about crying?
A) It is a pointless physiological response to the environment.
B) It must have a role to play in man’s survival.
C) It is meant to get attention and assistance.
D) It usually produces the desired effect.

35. What can be inferred from the new studies of tears?
A) Emotional tears have the function of reducing stress.
B) Exposure to excessive medication may increase emotional tears.
C) Emotional tears can give rise to “dry eye” syndrome in some cases.
D) Environmental pollutants can induce the shedding of emotional tears.

Passage Four
Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.
    It is no secret among athletes that in order to improve performance you’ve got to work hard. However, hard training breaks you down and makes you weaker, It is rest that makes you stronger. Improvement only occurs during the rest period following hard training. This adaptation is accomplished by improving efficiency of the heart and certain systems within the muscle cells. During recovery periods these systems build to greater levels to compensate for the stress that you have applied. The result is that you are now at a higher level of performance.
    If sufficient rest is not included in a training program, imbalance between excess training and inadequate rest will occur, and performance will decline. The “overtraining syndrome(综合症)” is the name given to the collection of emotional, behavioral, and physical symptoms due to overtraining that has persisted for weeks to months. It is marked by cumulative exhaustion that persists even after recovery periods.
The most common symptom is fatigue. This may limit workouts and may be present at rest. The athlete may also become moody, easily imitated, have altered sleep patterns, become depressed, or lose the competitive desire and enthusiasm for the sport, Some will report decreased appetite and weight loss. Physical symptoms include persistent muscular soreness, increased frequency of viral (病毒性的) illnesses, and increased incidence of injuries.
     The treatment for the overtraining syndrome is rest. The longer the overtraining has occurred, the more rest required, Therefore, early detection is very important, If the overtraining has only occurred for a short period of time (e.g. 3-4 weeks) then interrupting training for 3-5 days is usually sufficient rest. It is important that the factors that lead to overtraining be identified and corrected. Otherwise, the overtraining syndrome is likely to recur. The overtraining syndrome should be considered in any athlete who manifests symptoms of prolonged fatigue and whose performance has leveled off or decreased. It is important to exclude any underlying illness that may be responsible for the fatigue.

36. The first paragraph of the passage tells us that ________.
A) the harder an athlete trains, the better his performance will be
B) rest after vigorous training improves an athlete’s performance
C) strict systematic training is essential to an athlete’s top performance
D) improvement of an athlete’s performance occurs in the course of training

37. By “overtraining” the author means ________.
A) a series of physical symptoms that occur after training
B) undue emphasis on the importance of physical exertion
C) training that is not adequately compensated for by rest
D) training that has exceeded an athlete’s emotional limits

38. What does the passage tell us about the “overtraining” syndrome?
A) It occurs when athletes lose interest in sports.
B) It appears right after a hard training session.
C) The fatigue it results in is unavoidable in the athlete’s training process.
C) It manifests itself in fatigue which lingers even after a recovery period.

39. What does the phrase “level off” (Line 7, Para,4)most probably mean?
A) Slow down.
B) Become dull.
C) Stop improving.
D) Be on the decline.

40. The author advises at the end of the passage that ________.
A) overtraining syndrome should be treated as a serious illness
B) overtraining syndrome should be prevented before it occurs
C) an athlete with overtraining syndrome should take a lengthy rest
D) illness causing fatigue should not be mistaken for overtraining syndrome

Part Ⅲ Vocabulary (20 minutes)
Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences it: this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose cite ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the Corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

41. These were stubborn men. not easily ________to change their mind.
A) tilted C) persuaded
B) converted D) suppressed

42. The circus has always been very, popular because it ________both the old and the young.
A) facilitates C) immerses
B) fascinates D) indulges

43. By patient questioning the lawyer managed to ________enough information from the witnesses.
A) evacuate C) impart
B) withdraw D) elicit

44. George enjoys talking about people's private affairs. He is a ________.
A) solicitor C) gossip
B) coward D) rebel

45. The new secretary has written a remarkably ________report within a few hundred words but with all the important details included.
A) concise C) precise
B) brisk D) elaborate

46. His face ________as he came in after running all the way from school.
A) flared C) fluttered
B) fluctuated D) flushed

47. Steel is not as ________ as cast iron; it does not break as easily.
A) elastic C) adaptable
B) brittle D) flexible

48. A big problem in lemming English as a foreign language is lack of opportunities for ________interaction with proficient speakers of English.
A) instantaneous C) verbal
B) provocative D) dual

49. Within ten years they have tamed the ________hill into green woods.
A) vacant C) weird
B) barren D) wasteful

50. The ________of our trip to London was the visit to Buckingham Palace.
A) summit C) peak
B) height D) highlight

51. Harold claimed that he was a serious and well-known artist, but in fact he was a(n) ________.
A) alien C) counterpart
B) client. D) fraud

52. We don't ________any difficulties in completing the project so long as we keep within our budget.
A) foresee C) infer
B) fabricate D) inhibit

53. He is looking for a job that will give him greater ________for career development.
A) insight C) momentum
B) scope D) phase

54. The high school my daughter studies in is ________our university.
A) linked by C) mingled with
B) relevant to D) affiliated with

55. The Browns lived in a ________and comfortably furnished house in the suburbs.
A) spacious C) wide
B) sufficient D) wretched

56. A membership card ________the holder to use the club's facilities for a period of twelve months.
A) approves C) rectifies
B) authorizes D) endows

57. They have done away with ________Latin for university entrance at Harvard.
A) influential C) compulsory
B) indispensable D) essential

58. It is no ________that a large number of violent crimes are committed under the influence of alcohol.
A) coincidence C) inspiration
B) correspondence D) intuition

59. One's university days often appear happier in ________than they actually were at the time.
A) retention C) return
B) retrospect D) revere

60. She ________through the pages of a magazine, not really concentrating on them.
A) tumbled C) switched
B) tossed D) flipped

61. Scientists are pushing known technologies to their limits in an attempt to ________more energy from the earth.
A) extract C) discharge
B) inject D) drain

62. The Chinese Red Cross ________a generous sum to the relief of the victims of the earthquake in Turkey.
A) administered C) assessed
B) elevated D) contributed

63. The first sentence in this paragraph is ________; it can be interpreted in many ways.
A) intricate C) duplicated
B) ambiguous D) confused

64. They used to quarrel a lot, but now they are completely ________with each other.
A) reconciled C) associated
B) negotiated D) accommodated

65. The local business was not much ________by the sudden outbreak of the epidemic.
A) intervened C) hampered
B) insulated D) hoisted

66. The most important ________for assessment in this contest is originality of design.
A) threshold C) warrant
B) partition D) criterion

67. The woman was worried about the side effects of taking aspirins. but her doctor ________her that it is absolutely harmless.
A) retrieved C) reassured
B) released D) revived

68. We can't help being ________of Bob who bought a luxurious sports car just after the money was stolen from the office.
A) skeptical C) suspicious
B) appreciative D) tolerant

69. He greatly resented the publication of this book. which he saw as an embarrassing invasion of his ________.
A) privacy C) dignity
B) morality D) secrecy

70. In fact as he approached this famous statue, he only barely resisted the ________to reach into his bag for his camera.
A) impatience C) incentive
B) impulse D) initiative

Part Ⅳ Error Correction (15 minutes)
Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mis takes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word o delete a word, Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided, If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank, If you add a word, put an insertion mark (^) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (/) in the blank.
Example:
Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods. 1.time/times/perild
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature as a 2.____/____
school subject are valid for^study of television. 3._ _the_____

"Home, sweet home" is a phrase that expresses an
essential attitude in the United States. Whether the reality
of life in the family house is sweet or no sweet. the      S1.________
cherished ideal of home has great importance for many people.
    This ideal is a vital part of the American dream. This
dream, dramatized in the history of nineteenth-century
European settlers of the American West, was in find
a piece of place, build a house for one's family, and    S2.________
started a farm. These small households were portraits of   S3.________
independence: the entire family -- mother, father, children.
even grandparents -- live in a small house and working   S4.________
together to support each other. Anyone understood the life S5.________
and death importance of family cooperation and hard work.
Although most people in the United States no longer
live on farms, but ~he ideal of home ownership is just as   S6.________
strong in the twentieth century as it was in the nineteenth.
When U.S, soldiers came home before World War II. for     S7.________
example, they dreamed of buying houses and starting
families. But there was a tremendous boom in home S8.________
building. The new houses, typically it the suburbs, were
often small and more or less identical, but it satisfied S9.________
a deep need. Many regarded the single-family
house the basis of their way of life.                           S10.________

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

图表作文，关于一个美国大学图书馆的图书流动量（pop fiction, general nonfiction, science, art等），给出他们的流动比例对比，说明原因，并说明你自己喜欢阅读什么样的书

2003.9

1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. C

11. D 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. C

21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. A

31. A 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. D 39. C 40. D

41. C 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. D 47. B 48. C 49. B 50. A

51. D 52. A 53. B 54. D 55. A 56. B 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. D

61. A 62. D 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. D 67. C 68. C 69. A 70. B

1. no ànot 2. place àland

3. startedàstart 4. workingàwork

5. anyoneàeveryone 6. but (去掉)

7. before àafter 8. ButàAnd

9. it àthey 10. 在house后增加as

2003年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:55:00.002+08:00

2003年6月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) Riding a horse.

B) Shooting a movie.

C) Playing a game.

D) Taking a photo.

2. A) She’ll type the letter for the man.

B) She’ll teach the man to operate the computer.

C) She doesn’t think his sister is a good typist.

D) She thinks the man should buy a computer.

3. A) John can share the magazine with her.

B) She wants to borrow John’s card.

C) She’ll let John use the journal first.

D) John should find another copy for himself.

4. A) She promised to help the man.

B) She came a long way to meet the man.

C) She took the man to where he wanted to go.

D) She suggested a way out of the difficulty for the man.

5. A) The train seldom arrives on time.

B) The schedule has been misprinted.

C) The speakers arrived at the station late.

D) The company has trouble printing a schedule.

6. A) To find a better science journal in the library.

B) Not to miss any chance to collect useful information.

C) To buy the latest issue of the magazine.

D) Not to subscribe to the journal.

7. A) She wants to borrow the man’s student ID card.

B) The tickets are less expensive than she expected.

C) She won’t be able to get any discount for the ticket.

D) The performance turned out to be disappointing.

8. A) Do the assignments towards the end of the semester.

B) Quit the history course and choose another one instead.

C) Drop one course and do it next semester.

D) Take courses with a lighter workload.

9. A) The organization of a conference.

B) The cost of renting a conference room.

C) The decoration of the conference room.

D) The job of cleaning up the dining-room.

10. A) Meet his client.

B) Prepare the dinner.

C) Work at his office.

D) Fix his car

Section B

Passage one

Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) One of the bridges between North and South London collapsed.

B) The heart of London was flooded.

C) An emergency exercise was conducted.

D) 100 people in the suburbs were drowned.

12. A) 50 underground stations were made waterproof.

B) A flood wall was built.

C) An alarm system was set up.

D) Rescue teams were formed.

13. A) Most Londoners were frightened.

B) Most Londoners became rather confused.

C) Most Londoners took Exercise Floodcall calmly.

D) Most Londoners complained about the trouble caused by Exercise Floodcall.

Passage Two

Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard.

14. A) It limited their supply of food.

B) It made their eggshells too fragile.

C) It destroyed many of their nests.

D) It killed many baby bald eagles.

15. A) They found ways to speed up the reproduction of bald eagles.

B) They developed new types of feed for baby bald eagles.

C) They explored new ways to hatch baby bald eagles.

D) They brought in bald eagles from Canada.

16. A) Pollution of the environment.

B) A new generation of pest killers.

C) Over-killing by hunters.

D) Destruction of their natural homes.

Passage Three

Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

17. A) Whether it can be detected and checked.

B) Whether it will lead to widespread food shortage.

C) Whether global warming will speed up in the future.

D) Whether it will affect their own lives.

18. A) Many species have moved further north.

B) Many new species have come into existence.

C) Many species have developed a habit of migration.

D) Many species have become less sensitive to climate.

19. A) Storms and floods.

B) Disease and fire.

C) Less space for their growth.

D) Rapid increase of the animal population.

20. A) They will gradually die out.

B) They will be able to survive in the preserves.

C) They will have to migrate to find new homes.

D) They will face extinction without artificial reproduction.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Direction: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B) C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:

In the villages of the English countryside there are still people who remember the good old days when no one bothered to lock their doors. There simply wasn’t any crime to worry about.

Amazingly, these happy times appear still to be with us in the world’s biggest community. A new study by Dan Farmer, a gifted programmer, using an automated investigative program of his own called SATAN, shows that the owners of well over half of all World Wide Web sites have set up home without fitting locks to their doors.

SATAN can try out a variety of well-known hacking (黑客的) tricks on an Internet site without actually breaking in. Farmer has made the program publicly available, amid much criticism. A person with evil intent could use it to hunt down sites that are easy to burgle (闯入…行窃).

But Farmer is very concerned about the need to alert the public to poor security and, so far, events have proved him right. SATAN has done more to alert people to the risks than cause new disorder.

So is the Net becoming more secure? Far from it. In the early days, when you visited a Web site your browser simply looked at the content. Now the Web is full of tiny programs that automatically download when you look at a Web page, and run on your own machine. These programs could, if their authors wished, do all kinds of nasty things to your computer.

At the same time, the Net is increasingly populated with spiders, worms, agents and other types of automated beasts designed to penetrate the sites and seek out and classify information. All these make wonderful tools for antisocial people who want to invade weak sites and cause damage.

But let’s look on the bright side. Given the lack of locks, the Internet is surely the world’s biggest (almost) crime-free society. Maybe that is because hackers are fundamentally honest. Or that there currently isn’t much to steal. Or because vandalism (恶意破坏) isn’t much fun unless you have a peculiar dislike for someone.

Whatever the reason, let’s enjoy it while we can. But expect it all to change, and security to become the number one issue, when the most influential inhabitants of the Net are selling services they want to be paid for.

21. By saying “…owners of well over half of all World Wide Web sites have set up home without fitting locks to their doors” (Line 3-4, Para.2), the author means that ______.

A) those happy times appear still to be with us

B) there simply wasn’t any crime to worry about

C) many sites are not well-protected

D) hackers try out tricks on an Internet site without actually breaking in

22. SATAN, a program designed by Dan Farmer, can be used ______.

A) to investigate the security of Internet sites

B) to improve the security of the Internet system

C) to prevent hackers from breaking into websites

D) to download useful programs and information

23. Farmer’s program has been criticized by the public because ______.

A) it causes damage to Net browsers

B) it can break into Internet sites

C) it can be used to cause disorder on all sites

D) it can be used by people with evil intent

24. The author’s attitude toward SATAN is ______.

A) enthusiastic

B) critical

C) positive

D) indifferent

25. The author suggests in the last paragraph that ______.

A) we should make full use of the Internet before security measures are strengthened

B) we should alert the most influential businessmen to the importance of security

C) influential businessmen should give priority to the improvement of Net security

D) net inhabitants should not let security measures affect their joy of surfing the Internet

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

I came away from my years of teaching on tile college and university level with a conviction that enactment (扮演角色), performance, dramatization are the most successful forms of teaching. Students must be incorporated, made, so far as possible, an integral part of the learning process. The notion that learning should have in it an element of inspired play would seem to the greater part of the academic establishment merely silly, but that is nonetheless the case. Of Ezekiel Cheever, the most famous schoolmaster of the Massachusetts Bay Colony, his onetime student Cotton Mather wrote that he so planned his lessons that his pupils “came to work as though they came to play,” and Alfred North Whitehead, almost three hundred years later, noted that a teacher should make his/her students “glad they were there.”

Since, we are told, 80 to 90 percent of all instruction in the typical university is by the lecture method, we should give close attention to this form of education. There is, I think, much truth in Patricia Nelson Limerick’s observation that “lecturing is an unnatural act, an act for which God did not design humans. It is perfectly all right, now and then, for a human to be possessed by the urge to speak, and to speak while others remain silent. But to do this regularly, one hour and 15 minutes at a time… for one person to drag on while others sit in silence? ... I do not believe that this is what the Creator ... designed humans to do.”

The strange, almost incomprehensible fact is that many professors, just as they feel obliged to write dully, believe that they should lecture dully. To show enthusiasm is to risk appearing unscientific, unobjective; it is to appeal to the students’ emotions rather than their intellect. Thus the ideal lecture is one filled with facts and read in an unchanged monotone.

The cult (推崇) of lecturing dully, like the cult of writing dully, goes back, of course, some years. Edward Shils, professor of sociology, recalls the professors he encountered at the University of Pennsylvania in his youth. They seemed “a priesthood, rather uneven in their merits but uniform in their bearing; they never referred to anything personal. Some read from old lecture notes and then haltingly explained the thumb-worn last lines. Others lectured from cards that had served for years, to judge by the worn edges ....The teachers began on time, ended on time, and left the room without saying a word more to their students, very seldom being detained by questioners .... The classes were not large, yet there was no discussion. No questions were raised in class, and there were no office hours.”

26. The author believes that a successful teacher should be able to ______.

A) make dramatization an important aspect of students’ learning

B) make inspired play an integral part of the learning process

C) improve students’ learning performance

D) make study just as easy as play

27. The majority of university professors prefer the traditional way of lecturing in the belief that ______.

A) it draws the close attention of the students

B) it conforms in a way to the design of the Creator

C) it presents course content in a scientific and objective manner

D) it helps students to comprehend abstract theories more easily

28. What the author recommends in this passage is that ______.

A) college education should be improved through radical measures

B) more freedom of choice should be given to students in their studies

C) traditional college lectures should be replaced by dramatized performances

D) interaction should be encouraged in the process of teaching

29. By saying “They seemed ‘a priesthood, rather uneven in their merits but uniform in their bearing…’” (Lines 3-4, Para.4), the author means that ______.

A) professors are a group of professionals that differ in their academic ability but behave in the same way

B) professors are like priests wearing the same kind of black gown but having different roles to play

C) there is no fundamental difference between professors and priests though they differ in their merits

D) professors at the University of Pennsylvania used to wear black suits which made them look like priests

30. Whose teaching method is particularly commended by the author?

A) Ezekiel Cheever’s.

B) Alfred North Whitehead’s.

C) Cotton Mather’s.

D) Patricia Nelson Limerick’s.

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

Take the case of public education alone. The principal difficulty faced by the schools has been the tremendous increase in the number of pupils. This has been caused by the advance of the legal age for going into industry and the impossibility of finding a job even when the legal age has been reached. In view of the technological improvements in the last few years, business will require in the future proportionately fewer workers than ever before. The result will be still further raising of the legal age for going into employment, and still further difficulty in finding employment when that age has been attained. If we cannot put our children to work, we must put them in school.

We may also be quite confident that the present trend toward a shorter day and a shorter week will be maintained. We have developed and shall continue to have a new leisure class. Already the public agencies for adult education are swamped by the tide that has swept over them since the depression began. They will be little better off when it is over. Their support must come from the taxpayer.

It is surely too much to hope that these increases in the cost of public education can be borne by the local communities. They cannot care for the present restricted and inadequate system. The local communities have failed in their efforts to cope with unemployment. They cannot expect to cope with public education on the scale on which we must attempt it. The answer to the problem of unemployment has been Federal relief. The answer to the problem of public education may have to be much the same, and properly so. If there is one thing in which the citizens of all parts of the country have an interest, it is in the decent education of the citizens of all parts of the country. Our income tax now goes in part to keep our neighbors alive. It may have to go in part as well to make our neighbors intelligent. We are now attempting to preserve the present generation through Federal relief of the destitute (贫民). Only a people determined to ruin the next generation will refuse such Federal funds as public education may require.

31. What is the passage mainly about?

A) How to persuade local communities to provide more funds.

B) How to cope with the shortage of funds for public education.

C) How to improve the public education system.

D) How to solve the rising unemployment problem.

32. What is the reason for the increase in the number of students?

A) The requirement of educated workers by business.

B) Raising of the legal age forgoing to work.

C) The trend toward a shorter workday.

D) People’s concern for the future of the next generation.

33. The public agencies for adult education will be little better off because ______.

A) the unemployed are too poor to continue their education

B) a new leisure class has developed

C) they are still suffering from the depression

D) an increase in taxes could be a problem

34. According to the author, the answer to the problem of public education is that the Federal government _______.

A) should allocate Federal funds for public education

B) should demand that local communities provide support

C) should raise taxes to meet the needs of public education

D) should first of all solve the problem of unemployment

35. Why does the author say “Only a people determined to ruin the next generation will refuse such Federal funds as public education may require” (Lines 10-11, Para. 3)?

A) Only by appropriating adequate Federal funds for education can the next generation have a bright future.

B) Citizens of all parts of the country agree that the best way to support education is to use Federal funds.

C) People all over the country should make contributions to education in the interest of the next generation.

D) Educated people are determined to use part of the Federal funds to help the poor.

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:

A new high-performance contact lens under development at the department for applied physics at the University of Heidelberg will not only correct ordinary vision defects but will enhance normal night vision as much as five times, making people’s vision sharper than that of cats.

Bille and his team work with an optical instrument called an active mirror — a device used in astronomical telescopes to spot newly emerging stars and far distant galaxies. Connected to a wave-front sensor that tracks and measures the course of a laser beam into the eye and back, the aluminum mirror detects the deficiencies of the cornea, the transparent protective layer covering the lens of the human eye. They highly precise data from the two instruments — which, Bille hopes, will one day be found at the opticians (眼镜商) all over the world — serve as a basis for the production of completely individualized contact lenses that correct and enhance the wearer’s vision.

By day, Bille’s contact lenses will focus rays of light so accurately on the retina (视网膜) that the image of a small leaf or the outline of a far distant tree will be formed with a sharpness that surpasses that of conventional vision aids by almost half a diopter (屈光度). At night, the lenses have an even greater potential. “Because the new lens — in contrast to the already existing ones — also works when it’s dark and the pupil is wide open,” says Bille, “lens wearers will be able to identify a face at distance of 100 meters — 80 meters farther than they would normally be able to see. In his experiments night vision was enhanced by an even greater factor: in semi-darkness, test subjects could see up to 15 times better than without the lenses.

Bille’s lenses are expected to reach the market in the year 2000, and one tentative plan is to use the Internet to transmit information on patients’ visual defects from the optician to the manufacturer, who will then produce and mail the contact lenses within a couple of days. The physicist expects the lenses to cost about a dollar a pair, about the same as conventional one-day disposable lenses.

36. The new contact lens is meant for ______.

A) astronomical observations

B) the night blind

C) those with vision defects

D) optical experiments

37. What do the two instruments mentioned in the second paragraph (Line 5) refer to?

A) The astronomical telescope and the wave-front sensor.

B) The aluminum mirror and the laser beam.

C) The active mirror and the contact lens.

D) The aluminum mirror and the wave-front sensor.

38. Individualized contact lenses (Line 7, Para.2) are lenses designed ______.

A) to work like an astronomical telescope

B) to suit the wearer’s specific needs

C) to process extremely accurate data

D) to test the wearer’s eyesight

39. According to Bille, with the new lenses the wearer’s vision ______.

A) will be far better at night than in the daytime

B) may be broadened about 15 times than without them

C) can be better improved in the daytime than at night

D) will be sharper by a much greater degree at night than in the daytime

40. Which of the following is true about Bille’s lenses?

A) Their production process is complicated.

B) They will be sold at a very low price.

C) They have to be replaced every day.

D) Purchase orders can be made through the Internet.

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

Directions: There are 3.0. incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

41. In November 1987 the government _______ a public debate on the future direction of the official sports policy.

A) initiated B) designated

C) induced D) promoted

42. I found it difficult to _______ my career ambitions with the need to bring up my children.

A) consolidate B) amend

C) reconcile D) intensify

43. We all enjoy our freedom of choice and do not like to see it _______ when it is within the legal and moral boundaries of society.

A) compacted B) restricted

C) dispersed D) delayed

44. It is fortunate for the old couple that their son’s career goals and their wishes for him _______.

A) coincide D) collaborate

B) comply C) conform

45. Allen will soon find out that real life is seldom as simple as it is ______ in commercials.

A) permeated B) alleged

C) depicted D) drafted

46. Europe’s earlier industrial growth was _______ by the availability of key resources, abundant and cheap labor, coal, iron ore, etc.

A) constrained B) detained

C) remained D) sustained

47. As the trial went on, the story behind the murder slowly _______ itself.

A) convicted B) released

C) haunted D) unfolded

48. We’ve just installed a fan to _______ cooking smells from the kitchen.

A) eject B) exclude

C) expel D) exile

49. Retirement is obviously a very complex ______ period; and the earlier you start planning for it, the better.

A) transformation B) transmission

C) transaction D) transition

50. Mutual respect for territorial _______ is one of the bases upon which our two countries develop relationships.

A) unity B) integrity

C) entirety D) reliability

51. As one of the youngest professors in the university, Mr. Brown is certainly on the ______ of a brilliant career.

A) porch B) edge

C) course D) threshold

52. We work to make money, but it’s a _______ that people who work hard and long often do not make the most money.

A) paradox B) prejudice

C) dilemma D) conflict

53. The design of this auditorium shows a great deal of _______. We have never seen such a building before.

A) invention B) illusion

C) originality D) orientation

54. The damage to my car was _______ in the accident, but I have a lingering fear even today.

A) insufficient B) ignorant

C) ambiguous D) negligible

55. Very few people could understand the lecture the professor delivered because its subject was very _______.

A) obscure B) indefinite

C) dubious D) intriguing

56. Diamonds have little ______ value and their price depends almost entirely on their scarcity.

A) intrinsic B) eternal

C) subtle D) inherent

57. Doctors are interested in using lasers as a surgical tool in operations on people who are ______ to heart attack.

A) infectious B) disposed

C) accessible D) prone

58. Many countries have adopted systems of _______ education in order to promote the average level of education.

A) compulsory B) cardinal

C) constrained D) conventional

59. I had eaten Chinese food often, but I could not have imagined how _______ and extravagant a real Chinese banquet could be.

A) prominent B) fabulous

C) handsome D) gracious

60. They are ______ investors who always make thorough investigations both on local and international markets before making an investment.

A) implicit B) conscious

C) cautious D) indecisive

61. In addition to the rising birthrate and immigration, the _______ death rate contributed to the population growth.

A) inclining B) increasing

C) declining D) descending

62. Because of the _______ noise of traffic I couldn’t get to sleep last night.

A) prevalent B) perpetual

C) provocative D) progressive

63. Don’t let such a _______ matter as this come between us so that we can concentrate on the major issue.

A) trivial B) partial

C) slight D) minimal

64. If you go to the park every day in the morning, you will _______ find him doing physical exercise there.

A) ordinarily B) invariably

C) logically D) persistently

65. Although she’s a(n) _______ talented dancer, she still practices several hours every day.

A) traditionally B) additionally

C) exceptionally D) rationally

66. The cut in her hand has healed completely, without leaving a _______.

A) defect B) sign

C) wound D) scar

67. The idea is to _______ the frequent incidents of collision to test the strength of the windshields.

A) assemble B) simulate

C) accumulate D) forge

68. Most people in the modern world ______ freedom and independence more than anything else.

A) embody B) cherish

C) fascinate D) illuminate

69. I told him that I would _______ him to act for me while I was away from office.

A) authorize B) justify

C) rationalize D) identify

70. Over the past ten years, natural gas production has remained steady, but _______ has risen steadily.

A) dissipation B) disposal

C) consumption D) expenditure

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

The Seattle Times Company is one newspaper firm that
has recognized the need for change and done something about
it. In the newspaper industry, papers must reflect the diversity
of the communities to which they provide information.
It must reflect that diversity with their news coverage or risk		S1. _________
losing their readers’ interest and their advertisers’ support.
Operating within Seattle, which has 20 percents racial		S2. _________
minorities, the paper has put into place policies and
procedures for hiring and maintain a diverse workforce. The		S3. _________
underlying reason for the change is that for information to be
fair, appropriate, and subjective, it should be reported by the		S4. _________
same kind of population that reads it.
A diversity committee composed of reporters, editors, and
photographers meets regularly to value the Seattle Times’		S5. _________
content and to educate the rest of the newsroom staff about
diversity issues. In an addition, the paper instituted a content		S6. _________
audit (审查) that evaluates the frequency and manner of
representation of woman and people of color in photographs.		S7. _________
Early audits showed that minorities were pictured far too
infrequently and were pictured with a disproportionate
number of negative articles. The audit results from		S8. _________
improvement in the frequency of majority representation and		S9. _________
their portrayal in neutral or positive situations. And, with a		S10. _________
result, the Seattle Times has improved as a newspaper.
The diversity training and content audits helped the
Seattle Times Company to win the Personal Journal
Optimas Award for excellence in managing change.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Changes in the Ownership of Houses. You should write at least 150 words, and base your composition on the chart and the outline given below:

Ownership of Houses in a Big City in China

1. 根据上图描述该市住房产权的变化

2. 分析产生这些变化的原因

3. 说明这些变化对个人和社会产生的影响

Changes in the Ownership of Houses

2003.6

1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A

11. C 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. C

21. C 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. C 26. B 27. C 28. D 29. A 30. A

31. B 32. B 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. B

41. A 42. C 43. B 44. A 45. C 46. D 47. D 48. C 49. D 50. B

51. D 52. A 53. C 54. D 55. A 56. A 57. D 58. A 59. C 60. C

61. C 62. B 63. A 64. B 65. C 66. D 67. B 68. B 69. A 70. C

S1. it à they S2. percents à percent

S3. maintain à maintaining S4. subjective à objective

S5. value à evaluate S6. an à /

S7. woman à women S8. from à in

S9. majority à minority S10. with à as

2003年1月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:51:00.001+08:00

2003年1月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) It has nothing to do with the Internet.

B) She needs another week to get it ready.

C) It contains some valuable ideas.

D) It’s far from being ready yet.

2. A) The woman is strict with her employees.

B) The man always has excuses for being late.

C) The woman is a kind-hearted boss.

D) The man’s alarm clock didn’t work that morning.

3. A) The woman should try her luck in the bank nearby.

B) The bank around the corner is not open today.

C) The woman should use dollars instead of pounds.

D) The bank near the railway station closes late.

4. A) Make an appointment with Dr. Chen.

B) Wait for about three minutes.

C) Call again some times later.

D) Try dialing the number again.

5. A) He is sure they will succeed in the next test.

B) He did no better than the woman in the test.

C) He believes she will pass the test this time.

D) He felt upset because of her failure.

6. A) The woman has to attend a summer course to graduate.

B) The man thinks the woman can earn the credits.

C) The woman is begging the man to let her pass the exam.

D) The woman is going to graduate from summer school.

7. A) Fred is planning a trip to Canada.

B) Fred usually flies to Canada with Jane.

C) Fred persuaded Jane to change her mind.

D) Fred likes the beautiful scenery along the way to Canada.

8. A) Hang some pictures for decoration.

B) Find room for the paintings.

C) Put more coats of paint on the wall.

D) Paint the walls to match the furniture.

9. A) He’ll give a lecture on drawing.

B) He doesn’t mind if the woman goes to the lecture.

C) He’d rather not go to the lecture.

D) He’s going to attend the lecture.

10. A) Selecting the best candidate.

B) Choosing a campaign manager.

C) Trying to persuade the woman to vote for him.

D) Running for chairman of the student union.

Section B

Passage One

Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) To study the problems of local industries.

B) To find ways to treat human wastes.

C) To investigate the annual catch of fish in the Biramichi River.

D) To conduct a study on fishing in the Biramichi River.

12. A) Lack of oxygen. C) Low water level.

B) Overgrowth of water plants. D) Serious pollution upstream.

13. A) They’ll be closed down.

B) They’re going to dismiss some of their employees.

C) They’ll be moved to other places.

D) They have no money to build chemical treatment plants.

14. A) There were fewer fish in the river.

B) Over-fishing was prohibited.

C) The local Chamber of Commerce tried to preserve fishes.

D) The local fishing cooperative decided to reduce its catch.

Passage Two

Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard.

15. A) Oral instructions recorded on a tape.

B) A brief letter sealed in an envelope.

C) A written document of several pages.

D) A short note to their lawyer.

16. A) Refrain from going out with men for five years.

B) Stop wearing any kind of fashionable clothes.

C) Bury the dentist with his favorite car.

D) Visit his grave regularly for five years.

17. A) He was angry with his selfish relatives.

B) He was just being humorous.

C) He was not a wealthy man.

D) He wanted to leave his body for medical purposes.

Passage Three

Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

18. A) They thought it quite acceptable.

B) They believed it to be a luxury.

C) They took it to be a trend.

D) They considered it avoidable.

19. A) Critical. C) Sceptical.

B) Serious. D) Casual.

20. A) When people consider marriage an important part of their lives.

B) When the costs of getting a divorce become unaffordable.

C) When the current marriage law is modified.

D) When husband and wife understand each other better.

Part II ReadingComprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage.

Bill Gates, the billionaire Microsoft chairman without a single earned university degree, is by his success raising new doubts about the worth of the business world’s favorite academic title: the MBA (Master of Business Administration).

The MBA, a 20th-century product, always has borne the mark of lowly commerce and greed(贪婪) on the tree-lined campuses ruled by purer disciplines such as philosophy and literature.

But even with the recession apparently cutting into the hiring of business school graduates, about 79,000 people are expected to receive MBAs in 1993. This is nearly 16 times the number of business graduates in 1960, a testimony to the widespread assumption that the MBA is vital for young men and women who want to run companies some day.

“If you are going into the corporate world it is still a disadvantage not to have one,” said Donald Morrison, professor of marketing and management science. “But in the last five years or so, when someone says, ‘Should I attempt to get an MBA,’ the answer a lot more is: It depends.”

The success of Bill Gates and other non-MBAs, such as the late Sam Walton of Wal-Mart Stores Inc., has helped inspire self-conscious debates on business school campuses over the worth of a business degree and whether management skills can be taught.

The Harvard Business Review printed a lively, fictional exchange of letters to dramatize complaints about business degree holders.

The article called MBA hires “extremely disappointing” and said “MBAs want to move up too fast, they don’t understand politics and people, and they aren’t able to function as part of a team until their third year. But by then, they’re out looking for other jobs.”

The problem, most participants in the debate acknowledge, is that the MBA has acquired anaura (光环) of future riches and power far beyond its actual importance and usefulness.

Enrollment in business schools exploded in the 1970s and 1980s and created the assumption that no one who pursued a business career could do without one. The growth was fueled by abacklash (反冲) against the anti-business values of the 1960s and by the women’s movement.

Business people who have hired or worked with MBAs say those with the degrees often know how to analyze systems but are not so skillful at motivating people. “They don’t get a lot of grounding in the people side of the business,” said James Shaffer, vice-president and principal of the Towers Perrin management consulting firm.

21. According to Paragraph 2, what is the general attitude towards business on campuses dominated by purer disciplines?

A) Scornful C) Envious.

B) Appreciative. D) Realistic.

22. It seems that the controversy over the value of MBA degrees has been fueled mainly by ______.

A) the complaints from various employers

B) the success of many non-MBAs

C) the criticism from the scientists of purer disciplines

D) the poor performance of MBAs at work

23. What is the major weakness of MBA holders according to The Harvard Business Review?

A) They are usually serf-centered.

B) They are aggressive and greedy.

C) They keep complaining about their jobs.

D) They are not good at dealing with people.

24. From the passage we know that most MBAs _______.

A) can climb the corporate ladder fairly quickly

B) quit their jobs once they are familiar with their workmates

C) receive salaries that do not match their professional training

D) cherish unrealistic expectations about their future

25. What is the passage mainly about?

A) Why there is an increased enrollment in MBA programs.

B) The necessity of reforming MBA programs in business schools.

C) Doubts about the worth of holding an MBA degree.

D) A debate held recently on university campuses.

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage.

When school officials in Kalkaska, Michigan, closed classes last week, the media flocked to the story, portraying the town’s 2,305 students as victims of stingy (吝啬的) taxpayers. There is some truth to that; the property-tax rate here is one-third lower than the state average. But shutting their schools also allowed Kalkaska’s educators and the state’s largest teachers’ union, the Michigan Education Association, to make a political point. Their aim was to spur passage of legislation Michigan lawmakers are debating to increase the state’s share of school funding.

It was no coincidence that Kalkaska shut its schools two weeks after residents rejected a 28 percent property-tax increase. The school board argued that without the increase it lacked the $1.5 million needed to keep schools open.

But the school system had not done all it could to keep the schools open. Officials declined to borrow against next year’s state aid, they refused to trim extracurricular activities and they did not consider seeking a smaller—perhaps more acceptable—tax increase. In fact, closing early is costing Kalkaska a significant amount, including $600,000 in unemployment payments to teachers and staff and $250,000 in lost state aid. In February, the school system promised teachers and staff two months of retirement payments in case schools closed early, a deal that will cost the district $275,000 more.

Other signs suggest school authorities were at least as eager to make a political statement as to keep schools open. The Michigan Education Association hired a public relations firm to stage a rally marking the school closings, which attracted 14 local and national television stations and networks. The president of the National Education Association, the MEA’s parent organization, flew from Washington, D. C., for the event. And the union tutored school officials in the art of television interviews. School supervisor Doyle Disbrow acknowledges the district could have kept schools open by cutting programs but denies the moves were politically motivated.

Michigan lawmakers have reacted angrily to the closings. The state Senate has already voted to put the system into receivership (破产管理) and reopen schools immediately; the Michigan House plans to consider the bill this week.

26. We learn from the passage that schools in Kalkaska, Michigan, are funded ______.

A) by both the local and state governments

B) exclusively by the local government

C) mainly by the state government

D) by the National Education Association

27. One of the purposes for which school officials closed classes was _______.

A) to avoid paying retirement benefits to teachers and staff

B) to draw the attention of local taxpayers to political issues

C) to make the financial difficulties of their teachers and staff known to the public

D) to pressure Michigan lawmakers into increasing state funds for local schools

28. The author seems to disapprove of _______.

A) the Michigan lawmakers’ endless debating

B) the shutting of schools in Kalkaska

C) the involvement of the mass media

D) delaying the passage of the school funding legislation

29. We learn from the passage that school authorities in Kalkaska are more concerned about _______.

A) a raise in the property-tax rate in Michigan

B) reopening the schools there immediately

C) the attitude of the MEA’s parent organization

D) making a political issue of the closing of the schools

30. According to the passage, the closing of the schools developed into a crisis because of ______.

A) the complexity of the problem

B) the political motives on the part of the educators

C) the weak response of the state officials

D) the strong protest on the part of the students’ parents

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage.

German Chancellor (首相) Otto Von Bismarck may be most famous for his military and diplomatic talent, but his legacy (遗产) includes many of today’s social insurance programs. During the middle of the 19th century, Germany, along with other European nations, experienced an unprecedented rash of workplace deaths and accidents as a result of growing industrialization. Motivated in part by Christian compassion (怜悯) for the helpless as well as a practical political impulse to undercut the support of the socialist labor movement, Chancellor Bismarck created the world’s first workers’ compensation law in 1884.

By 1908, the United States was the only industrial nation in the world that lacked workers’ compensation insurance. America’s injured workers could sue for damages in a court of law, but they still faced a number of tough legal barriers. For example, employees had to prove that their injuries directly resulted from employer negligence and that they themselves were ignorant about potential hazards in the workplace. The first state workers’ compensation law in this country passed in 1911, and the program soon spread throughout the nation.

After World War II, benefit payments to American workers did not keep up with the cost of living. In fact, real benefit levels were lower in the 1970s than they were in the 1940s, and in most states the maximum benefit was below the poverty level for a family of four. In 1970, President Richard Nixon set up a national commission to study the problems of workers’ compensation. Two years later, the commission issued 19 key recommendations, including one that called for increasing compensation benefit levels to 100 percent of the states’ average weekly wages.

In fact, the average compensation benefit in America has climbed from 55 percent of the states’ average weekly wages in 1972 to 97 percent today. But, as most studies show, every 10 percent increase in compensation benefits results in a 5 percent increase in the numbers of workers who file for claims. And with so much more money floating in the workers’ compensation system, it’s not surprising that doctors and lawyers have helped themselves to a large slice of the growing pie.

31. The world’s first workers’ compensation law was introduced by Bismarck _______.

A) to make industrial production safer

B) to speed up the pace of industrialization

C) out of religious and political considerations

D) for fear of losing the support of the socialist labor movement

32. We learn from the passage that the process of industrialization in Europe _______.

A) was accompanied by an increased number of workshop accidents

B) resulted in the development of popular social insurance programs

C) required workers to be aware of the potential dangers at the workplace

D) met growing resistance from laborers working at machines

33. One of the problems the American injured workers faced in getting compensation in the early 19th century was that ______.

A) they had to have the courage to sue for damages in a court of law

B) different sums in the U.S. had totally different compensation programs

C) America’s average compensation benefit was much lower than the cost of living

D) they had to produce evidence that their employers were responsible for the accident

34. After 1972 workers’ compensation insurance in the U.S. became more favorable to workers so that _______.

A) the poverty level for a family of four went up drastically

B) there were fewer legal barriers when they filed for claims

C) the number of workers suing for damages increased

D) more money was allocated to their compensation system

35. The author ends the passage with the implication that ______.

A) compensation benefits in America are soaring to new heights

B) the workers are not the only ones to benefit from the compensation system

C) people from all walks of life can benefit from the compensation system

D) money floating in the compensation system is a huge drain on the U.S. economy

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage.

Early in the age of affluence (富裕) that followed World War II, an American retailing analyst named Victor Lebow proclaimed, “Our enormously productive economy ... demands that we make consumption our way of life, that we convert the buying and use of goods into rituals, that we seek our spiritual satisfaction, our ego satisfaction, in consumption. ... We need things consumed, burned up, worn out, replaced and discarded at an ever increasing rate.”

Americans have responded to Lebow’s call, and much of the world has followed.

Consumption has become a central pillar of life in industrial lands and is even embedded in social values. Opinion surveys in the world’s two largest economies—Japan and the United Sates—show consumerist definitions of success becoming ever more prevalent.

Overconsumption by the world’s fortunate is an environmental problem unmatched in severity by anything but perhaps population growth. Their surging exploitation of resources threatens to exhaust or unalterably spoil forests, soils, water, air and climate.

Ironically, high consumption may be a mixed blessing in human terms, too. The time-honored values of integrity of character, good work, friendship, family and community have often been sacrificed in the rush to riches.

Thus many in the industrial lands have a sense that their world of plenty is somehow hollow—that, misled by a consumerist culture, they have been fruitlessly attempting to satisfy what are essentially social, psychological and spiritual needs with material things.

Of course, the opposite of overconsumption—poverty—is no solution to either environmental or human problems. It is infinitely worse for people and bad for the natural world too.Dispossessed (被剥夺得一无所有的) peasants slash-and-burn their way into the rain forests of Latin America, and hungry nomads (游牧民族) turn their herds out onto fragile African grassland, reducing it to desert.

If environmental destruction results when people have either too little or too much, we are left to wonder how much is enough. What level of consumption can the earth support? When does having more cease to add noticeably to human satisfaction?

36. The emergence of the affluent society after World War II ________.

A) gave birth to a new generation of upper class consumers

B) gave rise to the dominance of the new egoism

C) led to the reform of the retailing system

D) resulted in the worship of consumerism

37. Apart from enormous productivity, another important impetus to high consumption is _______.

A) the conversion of the sale of goods into rituals

B) the people’s desire for a rise in their living standards

C) the imbalance that has existed between production and consumption

D) the concept that one’s success is measured by how much they consume

38. Why does the author say high consumption is a mixed blessing?

A) Because poverty still exists in an affluent society.

B) Because moral values are sacrificed in pursuit of material satisfaction.

C) Because overconsumption won’t last long due to unrestricted population growth.

D) Because traditional rituals are often neglected in the process of modernization.

39. According to the passage, consumerist culture ________.

A) cannot thrive on a fragile economy

B) will not aggravate environmental problems

C) cannot satisfy human spiritual needs

D) will not alleviate poverty in wealthy countries

40. It can be inferred from the passage that _______.

A) human spiritual needs should match material affluence

B) there is never an end to satisfying people’s material needs

C) whether high consumption should be encouraged is still an issue

D) how to keep consumption at a reasonable level remains a problem

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

41. I have had my eyes tested and the report says that my _______ is perfect.

A) outlook C) horizon

B) vision D) perspective

42 He was looking admiringly at the photograph published by Collins in _______ with theImperial Museum.

A) collection C) collaboration

B) connection D) combination

43. In those days, executives expected to spend most of their lives in the same firm and, unless they were dismissed for _______, to retire at the age of 65.

A) integrity C) incompetence

B) denial D) deduction

44. Others viewed the findings with _______, noting that a cause-and-effect relationship between passive smoking and cancer remains to be shown.

A) optimism C) caution

B) passion D) deliberation

45. The 1986 Challenger space-shuttle _______ was caused by unusually low temperatures immediately before the launch.

A) expedition C) dismay

B) controversy D) disaster

46. When supply exceeds demand for any product, prices are _______ to fall.

A) timely C) subject

B) simultaneous D) liable

47. The music aroused an _______ feeling of homesickness in him.

A) intentional C) intense

B) intermittent D) intrinsic

48. I bought an alarm clock with a(n) _______ dial, which can be seen clearly in the dark.

A) supersonic C) audible

B) luminous D) amplified

49. The results are hardly _______; he cannot believe they are accurate.

A) credible C) critical

B) contrary D) crucial

50. This new laser printer is _______ with all leading software.

A) comparable C) compatible

B) competitive D) cooperative

51. The ball _______ two or three times before rolling down the slope.

A) swayed C) hopped

B) bounced D) darted

52. He raised his eyebrows and stuck his head forward and _______ it in a single nod, a gesture boys used then for O.K. when they were pleased.

A) shrugged C) jerked

B) tugged D) twisted

53. Many types of rock are _______ from volcanoes as solid, fragmentary material.

A) flung C) ejected

B) propelled D) injected

54. With prices _______ so much, it is difficult for the school to plan a budget.

A) vibrating C) fluttering

B) fluctuating D) swinging

55. The person who _______ this type of approach for doing research deserves our praise.

A) originated C) generated

B) speculated D) manufactured

56. _______ that the demand for power continues to rise at the current rate, it will not be long before traditional sources become inadequate.

A) Concerning C) Assuming

B) Ascertaining D) Regarding

57. Her jewelry _______ under the spotlights and she became the dominant figure at the ball.

A) glared C) blazed

B) glittered D) dazzled

58. Connie was told that if she worked too hard, her health would _______.

A) deteriorate C) descend

B) degrade D) decay

59. We find that some birds _______ twice a year between hot and cold countries.

A) transfer C) migrate

B) commute D) emigrate

60. As visiting scholars, they willingly _______ to the customs of the country they live in.

A) submit C) subject

B) conform D) commit

61. More than 85 percent of French Canada’s population speaks French as a mother tongue and _______ to the Roman Catholic faith.

A) caters C) ascribes

B) adheres D) subscribes

62. The professor found himself constantly _______ the question: “How could anyone do these things?”

A) presiding C) pondering

B) poring D) presuming

63. Weeks _______ before anyone was arrested in connection with the bank robbery.

A) terminated C) overlapped

B) elapsed D) expired

64. In order to prevent stress from being set up in the metal, expansion joints are fitted which _______ the stress by allowing the pipe to expand or contract freely.

A) relieve C) reclaim

B) reconcile D) rectify

65. How much of your country’s electrical supply is _______ from water power?

A) deduced C) derived

B) detached D) declined

66. She had recently left a job and had helped herself to copies of the company’s client data, which she intended to _______ in starting her own business.

A) dwell on C) base on

B) come upon D) draw upon

67. The glass vessels should be handled most carefully since they are _______.

A) intricate C) subtle

B) fragile D) crisp

68. Hill slopes are cleared of forests to make way for crops, but this only _______ the crisis.

A) accelerates C) ascends

B) prevails D) precedes

69. He blew out the candle and _______ his way to the door.

A) converged C) strove

B) groped D) wrenched

70. Often such arguments have the effect of _______ rather than clarifying the issues involved.

A) obscuring C) tackling

B) prejudicing D) blocking

Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)

Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre.

When women do become managers, do they ring a different style and different skills to the job? Are they better, or worse, managers than men? Are women more highly motivated and __71__ than male managers?

Some research __72__ the idea that women bring different attitudes and skills to management jobs, such as greater __73__, an emphasis on affiliation and attachment, and a __74__ to bring emotional factors to bear __75__ making workplace decisions. These differences are __76_ to carry advantages for companies, __77__ they expand the range of techniques that can be used to __78__ the company manage its workforce __79__.

A study commissioned by the International Women’s Forum __80__ a management style used by some women managers (and also by some men) that __81__ from the command-and-control style __82__ used by male managers. Using this “interactive leadership” approach, “women __83__ participation, share power and information, __84__ other people’s self-worth, and get others excited about their work. All these __85__ reflect their belief that allowing __86__ to contribute and to feel __87__ and important is a win-win __88__—good for the employees and the organization.” The study’s director __89__ that “interactive leadership may emerge __90__ the management style of choice for many organizations.”

71. A) confronted B) commanded C) confined D) committed

72. A) supports B) argues C) opposes D) despises

73. A) combination B) cooperativeness C) coherence D) correlation

74. A) willingness B) loyalty C) sensitivity D) virtue

75. A) by B) in C) at D) with

76. A) disclosed B) watched C) revised D) seen

77. A) therefore B) whereas C) because D) nonetheless

78. A) help B) enable C) support D) direct

79. A) evidently B) precisely C) aggressively D) effectively

80. A) developed B) invented C) discovered D) located

81. A) derives B) differs C) descends D) detaches

82. A) inherently B) traditionally C) conditionally D) occasionally

83. A) encourage B) dismiss C) disapprove D) engage

84. A) enhance B) enlarge C) ignore D) degrade

85. A) themes B) subjects C) researches D) things

86. A) managers B) women C) employees D) males

87. A) faithful B) powerful C) skillful D) thoughtful

88. A) situation B) status C) circumstance D) position

89. A) predicted B) proclaimed C) defied D) diagnosed

90. A) into B) from C) as D) for

2003.1

1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. C 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. D

11. D 12. A 13. D 14. A 15. C 16. A 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. A

21. A 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. C 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. D 30. B

31. C 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. B 36. D 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. D

41. B 42. C 43. C 44. C 45. D 46. D 47. C 48. B 49. A 50. C

51. B 52. C 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. C 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. B

61. B 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. B 70. A

71. D 72. A 73. B 74. A 75. B 76. D 77. C 78. A 79. D 80. C

81. B 82. B 83. A 84. A 85. D 86. C 87. B 88. A 89. A 90. C

2002年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:42:00.001+08:00

2002年6月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) Registering for courses.

B) Buying a new computer.

C) Getting directions.

D) Studying sociology.

2. A) The man will probably have to find a roommate.

B) The man is unlikely to live in the suburbs.

C) The man will probably have to buy a car.

D) The man in unlikely to find exactly what he desires.

3. A) Painting a picture.

B) Hosting a program.

C) Designing a studio.

D) Taking a photograph.

4. A) The woman doesn’t think it a problem to get her passport renewed.

B) The woman has difficulty renewing her passport.

C) The woman hasn’t renewed her passport yet.

D) The woman’s passport is still valid.

5. A) A prediction of the future of mankind.

B) A new drug that may benefit mankind

C) An opportunity for a good job.

D) an unsuccessful experiment.

6. A) A lesson requires students’ active involvement.

B) Students usually take an active part in a lecture.

C) More knowledge is covered in a lecture.

D) There is a larger group of people interested in lessons.

7. A) Neither of their watches keeps good time.

B) The woman’s watch stopped 3 hours ago.

C) The man’s watch goes too fast.

D) It’s too dark for the woman to read her watch.

8. A) She’s proud of being able to do many things at the same time.

B) She is sure to finish all the things in a few hours.

C) She dreams of becoming a millionaire someday.

D) She’s been kept extremely busy.

9. A) He wants his students to be on time for class.

B) He doesn’t allow his students to tell jokes in class.

C) He is always punctual for his class.

D) He rarely notices which students are late.

10. A) He is nervous about the exam.

B) He is looking for a job.

C) He doesn’t dare to tell lies.

D) He doesn’t know how to answer the questions.

Section B

Passage one

Question 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) She was bored with her idle life at home.

B) She was offered a good job by her neighbour.

C) She wanted to help with the family’s finances.

D) Her family would like to see her more involved in social life.

12. A) Doing housework.

B) Looking after her neighbour’s children.

C) Reading papers and watching TV.

D) Taking good care of her husband.

13. A) Jane got angry at Bill’s idle life.

B) Bill failed to adapt to the new situation.

C) Bill blamed Jane for neglecting the family.

D) The children were not taken good care of.

14. A) Neighbours should help each other.

B) Women should have their own careers.

C) Man and wife should share household duties.

D) Parents should take good care of their children.

Passage Two

Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard.

15. A) To predict natural disasters that can cause vast destruction.

B) To limit the destruction that natural disasters may cause.

C) To gain financial support from the United Nations.

D) To propose measures to hold back natural disasters.

16. A) There is still a long way to go before man can control natural disasters.

B) International cooperation can minimize the destructive force of natural disasters.

C) Technology can help reduce the damage natural disasters may cause.

D) Scientists can successfully predict earthquakes.

17. A) There were fatal mistakes in its design.

B) The builder didn’t observe the building codes of the time.

C) The traffic load went beyond its capacity.

D) It was build according to less strict earthquake-resistance standards.

Passage Three

Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

18. A) By judging to what extent they can eliminate the risks.

B) By estimating the possible loss of lives and property.

C) By estimating the frequency of volcanic eruptions.

D) By judging the possible risks against the likely benefits.

19. A) One of Etna’s recent eruptions made many people move away.

B) Etna’s frequent eruptions have ruined most of the local farmland.

C) Etna’s eruptions are frequent but usually mild.

D) There are signs that Etna will erupt again in the near future.

20. A) They will remain where they are.

B) They will leave this area for ever.

C) They will turn to experts for advice.

D) They will seek shelter in nearby regions.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:

When global warming finally came, it stuck with a vengeance (异乎寻常地). In some regions, temperatures rose several degrees in less than a century. Sea levels shot up nearly 400 feet, flooding coastal settlements and forcing people to migrate inland. Deserts spread throughout the world as vegetation shifted drastically in North America, Europe and Asia. After driving many of the animals around them to near extinction, people were forced to abandon their old way of life for a radically new survival strategy that resulted in widespread starvation and disease. The adaptation was farming: the global-warming crisis hat gave rise to it happened more than 10,000 years ago.

As environmentalists convene in Rio de Janeiro this week to ponder the global climate of the future, earth scientists are in the midst of a revolution in understanding how climate has changed in the past — and how those changes have transformed human existence. Researchers have begun to piece together an illuminating picture of the powerful geological and astronomical forces that have combined to change the planet’s environment from hot to cold, wet to dry and back again over a time period stretching back hundreds of millions of years.

Most important, scientists are beginning to realize that the climatic changes have had a major impact on the evolution of the human species. New research now suggests that climate shifts have played a key role in nearly every significant turning point in human evolution: from the dawn of primates (灵长目动物) some 65 million years ago to human ancestors rising up to walk on two legs, from the huge expansion of the human brain to the rise of agriculture. Indeed, the human history has not been merely touched by global climate change, some scientists argue, it has in some instances been driven by it.

The new research has profound implications for the environmental summit in Rio. Among other things, the findings demonstrate that dramatic climate change is nothing new for planet Earth. The benign (宜人的) global environment that has existed over the past 10,000 years — during which agriculture, writing, cities and most other features of civilization appeared — is a mere bright spot in a much larger pattern of widely varying climate over the ages. In fact, the pattern of climate change in the past reveals that Earth’s climate will almost certainly go through dramatic changes in the future — even without the influence of human activity.

21. Farming emerged as a survival strategy because man had been obliged ______.

A) to give up his former way of life

B) to leave the coastal areas

C) to follow the ever-shifting vegetation

D) to abandon his original settlement

22. Earth scientists have come to understand that climate ______.

A) is going through a fundamental change

B) has been getting warmer for 10,000 years

C) will eventually change from hot to cold

D) has gone through periodical changes

23. Scientists believe that human evolution ______.

A) has seldom been accompanied by climatic changes

B) has exerted little influence on climatic changes

C) has largely been effected by climatic changes

D) has had a major impact on climatic changes

24. Evidence of past climatic changes indicates that ______.

A) human activities have accelerated changes of Earth’s environment

B) Earth’s environment will remain mild despite human interference

C) Earth’s climate is bound to change significantly in the future

D) Earth’s climate is unlikely to undergo substantial changes in the future

25. The message the author wishes to convey in the passage is that ______.

A) human civilization remains glorious though it is affected by climatic changes

B) mankind is virtually helpless in the face of the dramatic changes of climate

C) man has to limit his activities to slow down the global warming process

D) human civilization will continue to develop in spite of the changes of nature

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

No woman can be too rich or too thin. This saying often attributed to the late Duchess (公爵夫人) of Windsor embodies much of the odd spirit of our times. Being thin is deemed as such a virtue.

The problem with such a view is that some people actually attempt to live by it. I myself have fantasies of slipping into narrow designer clothes. Consequently, I have been on a diet for the better — or worse — part of my life. Being rich wouldn’t be bad either, but that won’t happen unless an unknown relative dies suddenly in some distant land, leaving me millions of dollars.

Where did we go off the track? When did eating butter become a sin, and a little bit of extra flesh unappealing, if not repellent? All religions have certain days when people refrain from eating and excessive eating is one of Christianity’s seven deadly sins. However, until quite recently, most people had a problem getting enough to eat. In some religious groups, wealth was a symbol of probable salvation and high morals, and fatness a sign of wealth and well-being.

Today the opposite is true. We have shifted to thinness as our new mark of virtue. The result is that being fat — or even only somewhat overweight — is bad because it implies a lack of moral strength.

Our obsession (迷恋) with thinness is also fueled by health concerns. It is true that in this country we have more overweight people than ever before, and that, in many cases, being over-weight correlates with an increased risk of heart and blood vessel disease. These diseases, however, many have as much to do with our way of life and our high-fat diets as with excess weight. And the associated risk of cancer in the digestive system may be more of a dietary problem — too much fat and a lack of fiber — than a weight problem.

The real concern, then, is not that we weigh too much, but that we neither exercise enough nor eat well. Exercise is necessary for strong bones and both heart and lung health. A balanced diet without a lot of fat can also help the body avoid many diseases. We should surely stop paying so much attention to weight. Simply being thin is not enough. It is actually hazardous if those who get (or already are) thin think they are automatically healthy and thus free form paying attention to their overall life-style. Thinness can be pure vainglory (虚荣).

26. In the eyes of the author, an odd phenomenon nowadays is that ______.

A) the Duchess of Windsor is regarded as a woman of virtue.

B) looking slim is a symbol of having a large fortune

C) being thin is viewed as a much desired quality

D) religious people are not necessarily virtuous

27. Swept by the prevailing trend, the author ______.

A) had to go on a diet for the greater part of her life

B) could still prevent herself from going off the track

C) had to seek help from rich distant relatives

D) had to wear highly fashionable clothes

28. In human history, people’s views on body weight ______.

A) were closely related to their religious beliefs

B) changed from time to time

C) varied between the poor and the rich

D) led to different oral standards

29. The author criticizes women’s obsession with thinness ______.

A) from an economic and educational perspective

B) from sociological and medical points of view

C) from a historical and religious standpoint

D) in the light of moral principles

30. What’s the author’s advice to women who are absorbed in the idea of thinness?

A) They should be more concerned with their overall lifestyle.

B) They should be more watchful for fatal diseases.

C) They should gain weight to look healthy.

D) They should rid themselves of fantasies about designer clothes.

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

War may be a natural expression of biological instincts and drives toward aggression in the human species. Natural impulses of anger, hostility, and territoriality (守卫地盘的天性) are expressed through acts of violence. Theses are all qualities that humans share with animals. Aggression is a kind of innate (天生的) survival mechanism, an instinct for self-preservation, that allows animals to defend themselves from threats to their existence. But, on the other hand, human violence shows evidence of being a learned behavior. In the case of human aggression, violence cannot be simply reduced to an instinct. The many expressions of human violence are always conditioned by social conventions that give shape to aggressive behavior. In human societies violence has a social function: It is a strategy for creating or destroying forms of social order. Religious traditions have taken a leading role in directing the powers of violence. We will look at the ritual and ethical (道德上的) patterns within which human violence has been directed.

The violence within a society is controlled through institutions of law. The more developed a legal system becomes, the more society takes responsibility for the discovery, control, and punishment of violent acts. In most tribal societies the only means to deal with an act of violence is revenge. Each family group may have the responsibility for personally carrying out judgment and punishment upon the person who committed the offense. But in legal systems, the responsibility for revenge becomes depersonalized and diffused. The society assumes the responsibility for protecting individuals from violence. In cases where they cannot be protected, the society is responsible for imposing punishment. In a sate controlled legal system, individuals are removed from the cycle of revenge motivated by acts of violence, and the state assumes responsibility for their protection.

The other side of a state legal apparatus is a state military apparatus. While the one protects the individual from violence, the other sacrifices the individual to violence in the interests of the state. In war the state affirms its supreme power over the individuals within its own borders. War is not simply a trial by combat to settle disputes between states; it is the moment when the state makes its most powerful demands upon its people for their recommitment, allegiance, and supreme sacrifice. Times of war test a community’s deepest religious and ethical commitments.

31. Human violence shows evidence of being a learned behavior in that ______.

A) it threatens the existing social systems

B) it is influenced by society

C) it has roots in religious conflicts

D) it is directed against institutions of law

32. The function of legal systems, according to the passage, is ______.

A) to control violence within a society

B) to protect the world from chaos

C) to free society from the idea of revenge

D) to give the government absolute power

33. What does the author mean by saying “… in legal systems, the responsibility for revenge becomes depersonalized an diffused” (Lines 5-6, Para. 2)

A) Legal systems greatly reduce the possibilities of physical violence.

B) Offenses against individuals are no longer judged on a personal basis.

C) Victims of violence find it more difficult to take revenge.

D) Punishment is not carried out directly by the individuals involved.

34. The word “allegiance” (Line 5, Para. 3) is closest in meaning to ______.

A) loyalty

B) objective

C) survival

D) motive

35. What can we learn from the last paragraph?

A) Governments tend to abuse their supreme power in times of war.

B) In times of war governments may extend their power across national borders.

C) In times of war governments impose high religious and ethical standards on their people.

D) Governments may sacrifice individuals in the interests of the state in times of war.

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:

Researchers who are unfamiliar with the cultural and ethnic groups they are studying must take extra precautions to shed any biases they bring with them from their own culture. For example, they must make sure they construct measures that are meaningful for each of the cultural or ethnic minority groups being studied.

In conducting research on cultural and ethnic minority issues, investigators distinguish between the emic approach and the etic approach. In the emic approach, the goal is to describe behavior in one culture or ethnic group in terms that are meaningful and important to the people in that culture or ethnic group, without regard to other cultures or ethnic groups. In the etic approach, the goal is to describe behavior so that generalizations can be made across cultures. If researchers construct a questionnaire in an emic fashion, their concern is only that the questions are meaningful to the particular culture or ethnic group being studied. If, however, the researchers construct a questionnaire in an etic fashion, they want to include questions that reflect concepts familiar to all cultures involved.

How might the emic and etic approaches be reflected in the study of family processes? In the emic approach, the researchers might choose to focus only on middle-class White families, without regard for whether the information obtained in the study can be generalized or is appropriate for ethnic minority groups. In a subsequent study, the researchers may decide to adopt an etic approach by studying not only middle-class White families, but also lower-income White families, Black American families, Spanish American families, and Asian American families. In studying ethnic minority families, the researchers would likely discover that the extended family is more frequently a support system in ethnic minority families than in White American families. If so, the emic approach would reveal a different pattern of family interaction than would the etic approach, documenting that research with middle-class White families cannot always be generalized to all ethnic groups.

36. According to the first paragraph, researchers unfamiliar with the target cultures are inclined to ______.

A) be overcautious in constructing meaningful measures

B) view them from their own cultural perspective

C) guard against interference from their own culture

D) accept readily what is alien to their own culture

37. What does the author say about the emic approach and the etic approach?

A) They have different research focuses in the study of ethnic issues.

B) The former is biased while the latter is objective.

C) The former concentrates on the study of culture while the latter on family issues.

D) They are both heavily dependent on questionnaires in conducting surveys.

38. Compared with the etic approach, the emic approach is apparently more ______.

A) culturally interactive

B) culture-oriented

C) culturally biased

D) culture-specific

39. The etic approach is concerned with ______.

A) the general characteristics of minority families

B) culture-related concepts of individual ethnic groups

C) features shared by various cultures or ethnic groups

D) the economic conditions of different types of families

40. Which of the following is true of the ethnic minority families in the U.S. according to the passage?

A) Their cultural patterns are usually more adaptable.

B) Their cultural concepts are difficult to comprehend.

C) They don’t interact with each other so much as White families.

D) They have closer family ties than White families.

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

41. It was ______ that the restaurant discriminated against black customers.

A) addicted B) alleged

C) assaulted D) ascribed

42. The medicine ______ his pain but did not cure his illness.

A) activated B) alleviated

C) medicated D) deteriorated

43. He is the only people who can ______ in this case, because the other witnesses were killed mysteriously.

A) testify B) charge

C) accuse D) rectify

44. Professor Hawking is ______ as one of the world’s greatest living physicists.

A) dignified B) clarified

C) acknowledged D) illustrated

45 The financial problem of this company is further ______ by the rise in interest rates.

A) increased B) strengthened

C) reinforced D) aggravated

46. We shall probably never be able to ______ the exact nature of these sub-atomic particles.

A) assert B) impart

C) ascertain D) notify

47. All the people in the stadium cheered up when they saw hundreds of colourful balloons ______ slowly into the sky.

A) ascending B) elevating

C) escalating D) lingering

48. Many years had ______ before they returned to their original urban areas.

A) floated B) elapsed

C) skipped D) proceeded

49. What you say now is not ______ with what you said last week.

A) consistent B) persistent

C) permanent D) insistent

50. Military orders are ______ and cannot be disobeyed.

A) defective B) conservative

C) alternative D) imperative

51. Some educators try to put students of similar abilities into the same class because they believe this kind of ______ grouping is advisable.

A) homogeneous B) instantaneous

C) spontaneous D) anonymous

52. Even sensible men do ______ things sometimes.

A) abrupt B) absurd

C) acute D) apt

53. The commission would find itself ______ at every turn if its members couldn’t’ reach an agreement.

A) collided B) savaged

C) crumbled D) hampered

54. Grain production in the world is ______, but still millions go hungry.

A) staggering B) shrinking

C) soaring D) suspending

55. He developed a ______ attitude after years of frustration in his career.

A) sneaking B) disgusted

C) drastic D) cynical

56. They believed that this was not the ______ of their campaign for equality but merely the beginning.

A) climax B) summit

C) pitch D) maximum

57. Several guests were waiting in the ______ for the front door to open.

A) porch B) vent

C) inlet D) entry

58. As the mountains were covered with a ______ of cloud, we couldn’t see their tops.

A) coating B) film

C) veil D) shade

59. We couldn’t really afford to buy a house so we got it on hire purchase and paid monthly ______.

A) investments B) requirements

C) arrangements D) installments

60. The magician made us think he cut the girl into pieces but it was merely an ______.

A) illusion B) impression

C) image D) illumination

61. A good education is an ______ you can fall back on for the rest of your life.

A) asset B) ethic

C) inventory D) obligation

62. Giving a gift can convey a wealth of meaning about your appreciation of their ______ and the importance you place upon the relationship.

A) solidarity B) priority

C) superiority D) hospitality

63. The designer has applied for a ______ for his new invention.

A) tariff B) discount

C) version D) patent

64. The toy maker produces a ______ copy of the spaced station, exact in every detail.

A) minimal B) minimum

C) miniature D) minor

65. An energy tax would curb ordinary air pollution, limit oil imports and cut the budget ______.

A) disposition B) discrepancy

C) defect D) deficit

66. They have decided to ______ physical punishment in all local schools.

A) put away B) break away from

C) do away with D) pass away

67. Astronauts are ______ all kinds of tests before they are actually sent up in a spacecraft.

A) inclined to B) subjected to

C) prone to D) bound to

68. Individual sports are run by over 370 independent governing bodies whose functions usually include ______ rules, holding events, selecting national teams and promoting international links.

A) drawing on B) drawing in

C) drawing up D) drawing down

69. Up until that time, his interest had focused almost ______ on fully mastering the skills and techniques of his craft.

A) restrictively B) radically

C) inclusively D) exclusively

70. All the ceremonies at the 2000 Olympic Games had a unique Australian flavor, ______ of their multicultural communities.

A) noticeable B) indicative

C) conspicuous D) implicit

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

A great many cities are experiencing difficulties which
are nothing new in the history of cities, except in their scale.
Some cities have lost their original purpose and have not found
new one. And any large or rich city is going to attract poor		S1. __________
immigrants, who flood in, filling with hopes of prosperity		S2. __________
which are then often disappointing. There are backward towns
on the edge of Bombay or Brasilia, just as though there were		S3. __________
on the edge of seventeenth-century London or early nine-
teenth-century Paris. This is new is the scale. Descriptions		S4. __________
written by eighteenth-century travelers of the poor of Mexico
City, and the enormous contrasts that was to be found there,		S5. __________
are very dissimilar to descriptions of Mexico City today—the		S6. __________
poor can still be numbered in millions.
The whole monstrous growth rests on economic prosper-
ity, but behind it lies two myths: the myth of the city as a		S7. __________
promised land, that attracts immigrants from rural poverty		S8. __________
and brings it flooding into city centers, and the myth of the		S9. __________
country as a Garden of Eden, which, a few generations late,		S10. __________
sends them flooding out again to the suburbs.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: Student Use of Computers. You should write at least 150 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below:

1. 上图所示为1990年、1995年、2002年某校大学生使用计算机的情况，请描述其变化；

2. 请说明发生这些变化的原因（可从计算机的用途、价格或社会发展等方面加以说明）；

3. 你认为目前大学生在计算机使用中有什么困难或问题。

Student Use of Computers

2002.6

1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. B

11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. D 19. C 20. A

21. A 22. D 23. C 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. A

31. B 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. D 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. C 40. D

41. B 42. B 43. A 44. C 45. D 46. C 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. D

51. A 52. B 53. D 54. C 55. D 56. A 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. A

61. A 62. D 63. D 64. C 65. D 66. C 67. B 68. C 69. D 70. B

S1. new à a new S2. filling à filled

S3. though à if S4. This à What

S5. was à were S6. dissimilar à similar

S7. lies à lie S8. that à which

S9. it à them S10. late à later

2002年1月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:31:00.000+08:00

2002年1月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) All the passengers were killed.

B) The plane crashed in the night.

C) No more survivors have been found.

D) It’s too late to search for survivors.

2. A) Its results were just as expected.

B) It wasn’t very well designed.

C) It fully reflected the students’ ability.

D) Its results fell short of her expectations.

3. A) He believes dancing is enjoyable.

B) He definitely does not like dancing.

C) He admires those who dance.

D) He won’t dance until he had done his work.

4. A) His computer doesn’t work well.

B) He isn’t getting along with his staff.

C) He didn’t register for a proper course.

D) He can’t apply the theory to his program.

5. A) Reading on the campus lawn.

B) Depositing money in the bank.

C) Applying for financial aid.

D) Reviewing a student’s application.

6. A) A new shuttle bus.

B) A scheduled space flight.

C) An airplane flight.

D) The first space flight.

7. A) The deadline is drawing near.

B) She can’t meet the deadline.

C) She turned in the proposals today.

D) They are tow days ahead of time.

8. A) By going on a diet.

B) By having fewer meals.

C) By doing physical exercise.

D) By eating fruit and vegetables.

9. A) He enjoyed it as a whole.

B) He didn’t think much of it.

C) He didn’t like it at all.

D) He liked some parts of it.

10. A) It looks quite new.

B) it looks old, but it runs well.

C) It needs to be repaired.

D) Its engine needs to be painted.

Section B

Passage one

Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) Experience in negotiating.

B) A high level of intelligence.

C) The time they spend on preparation.

D) The amount of pay they receive.

12. A) Study the case carefully beforehand.

B) Stick to a set target.

C) Appear friendly to the other party.

D) Try to be flexible about their terms.

13. A) Make sure there is no misunderstanding.

B) Try to persuade by giving various reasons.

C) Repeat the same reasons.

D) Listen carefully and patiently to the other party.

Passage Two

Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard.

14. A) They eat huge amounts of food.

B) They usually eat twice a day.

C) They usually eat to their hearts’ content.

D) They eat much less than people assume.

15. A) When it is breeding.

B) When it feels threatened by humans in its territory.

C) When its offspring is threatened.

D) When it is suffering from illness.

16. A) They are not as dangerous as people think.

B) They can be as friendly to humans as dogs

C) They attack human beings by nature.

D) They are really tame sea animals.

Passage Three

Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

17. A) Because people might have to migrate there someday.

B) Because it is very much like the earth.

C) Because it is easier to explore than other planets.

D) Because its atmosphere is different from that of the earth.

18. A) Its chemical elements must be studied.

B) Its temperature must be lowered.

C) Big spaceships must be built.

D) Its atmosphere must be changed.

19. A) It influences the surface temperature of Mars.

B) It protects living beings from harmful rays.

C) It keeps a planet from overheating.

D) It is the main component of the air people breathe.

20. A) Man will probably be able to live there in 200 years.

B) Scientists are rather pessimistic about it.

C) Man will probably be able to live there in 100,000 years’ time.

D) Scientists are optimistic about overcoming the difficulties soon.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:

Navigation computers, now sold by most car-makers, cost $2,000 and up. No surprise, then, that they are most often found in luxury cars, like Lexus, BMW and Audi. But it is a developing technology — meaning prices should eventually drop — and the market does seem to be growing.

Even at current prices, a navigation computer is impressive. It can guide you from point to point in most major cities with precise turn-by-turn directions — spoken by a clear human- sounding voice, and written on a screen in front of the driver.

The computer works with an antenna (天线) that takes signals from no fewer than three of the 24 global positioning system (GPS) satellites. By measuring the time required for a signal to travel between the satellites and the antenna, the car’s location can be pinned down within 100 meters.

The satellite signals, along with inputs on speed from a wheel-speed sensor and direction from a meter, determine the car’s position even as it moves. This information is combined with a map database. Streets, landmarks and points of interest are included.

Most systems are basically identical. The differences come in hardware — the way the computer accepts the driver’s request for directions and the way it presents the driving instructions. On most systems, a driver enters a desired address, motorway junction or point of interest via a touch screen or disc. But the Lexus screen goes a step further: you can point to any spot on the map screen and get directions to it.

BMW’s system offers a set of cross hairs (瞄准器上的十字纹) that can be moved across the map (you have several choices of map scale) to pick a point you’d like to get to. Audi’s screen can be switched to TV reception.

Even the voices that recite the directions can differ, with better systems like BMW’s and Lexus’s having a wider vocabulary. The instructions are available in French, German, Spanish, Dutch and Italian, as well as English. The driver can also choose parameters for determining the route: fastest, shortest or no freeways (高速公路), for example.

21. We learn from the passage that navigation computers ________.

A) will greatly promote sales of automobiles

B) may help solve potential traffic problems

C) are likely to be accepted by more drivers

D) wills soon be viewed as a symbol of luxury

22. With a navigation computer, a driver will easily find the best route to his destination ________.

A) by inputting the exact address

B) by indicating the location of his car

C) by checking his computer database

D) by giving vocal orders to the computer

23. Despite their varied designs, navigation computers used in cars ________.

A) are more or less the same price

B) provide directions in much the same way

C) work on more or less the same principles

D) receive instructions from the same satellites

24. The navigation computer functions ________.

A) by means of a direction finder and a speed detector

B) basically on satellite signals and a map database

C) mainly through the reception of turn-by-turn directions

D) by using a screen to display satellite signals

25. The navigation systems in cars like Lexus, BMW and Audi are mentioned to show ________.

A) the immaturity of the new technology

B) the superiority of the global positioning system

C) the cause of price fluctuations in car equipment

D) the different ways of providing guidance to the driver

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

“The world’s environment is surprisingly healthy. Discuss.” If that were an examination topic, most students would tear it apart, offering a long list of complaints: from local smog (烟雾) to global climate change, from the felling (砍伐) of forests to the extinction of species. The list would largely be accurate, the concern legitimate. Yet the students who should be given the highest marks would actually be those who agreed with the statement. The surprise is how good things are, not how bad.

After all, the world’s population has more than tripled during this century, and world output has risen hugely, so you would expect the earth itself to have been affected. Indeed, if people lived, consumed and produced things in the same way as they did in 1900 (or 1950, or indeed 1980), the world by now would be a pretty disgusting place: smelly, dirty, toxic and dangerous.

But they don’t. The reasons why they don’t, and why the environment has not been ruined, have to do with prices, technological innovation, social change and government regulation in response to popular pressure. That is why today’s environmental problems in the poor countries ought, in principle, to be solvable.

Raw materials have not run out, and show no sign of doing so. Logically, one day they must: the planet is a finite place. Yet it is also very big, and man is very ingenious. What has happened is that every time a material seems to be running short, the price has risen and, in response, people have looked for new sources of supply, tried to find ways to use less of the material, or looked for a new substitute. For this reason prices for energy and for minerals have fallen in real terms during the century. The same is true for food. Prices fluctuate, in response to harvests, natural disasters and political instability; and when they rise, it takes some time before new sources of supply become available. But they always do, assisted by new farming and crop technology. The long- term trend has been downwards.

It is where prices and markets do not operate properly that this benign (良性的) trend begins to stumble, and the genuine problems arise. Markets cannot always keep the environment healthy. If no one owns the resource concerned, no one has an interest in conserving it or fostering it: fish is the best example of this.

26. According to the author, most students ________.

A) believe the world’s environment is in an undesirable condition

B) agree that the environment of the world is not as bad as it is thought to be

C) get high marks for their good knowledge of the world’s environment

D) appear somewhat unconcerned about the state of the world’s environment

27. The huge increase in world production and population ________.

A) has made the world a worse place to live in

B) has had a positive influence on the environment

C) has not significantly affected the environment

D) has made the world a dangerous place to live in

28. One of the reasons why the long-term trend of prices has been downwards is that ________.

A) technological innovation can promote social stability

B) political instability will cause consumption to drop

C) new farming and crop technology can lead to overproduction

D) new sources are always becoming available

29. Fish resources are diminishing because ________.

A) no new substitutes can be found in large quantities

B) they are not owned by any particular entity

C) improper methods of fishing have ruined the fishing grounds

D) water pollution is extremely serious

30. The primary solution to environmental problems is ________.

A) to allow market forces to operate properly

B) to curb consumption of natural resources

C) to limit the growth of the world population

D) to avoid fluctuations in prices

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

About the time that schools and others quite reasonably became interested in seeing to it that all children, whatever their background, were fairly treated, intelligence testing became unpopular.

Some thought it was unfair to minority children. Through the past few decades such testing has gone out of fashion and many communities have indeed forbidden it.

However, paradoxically, just recently a group of black parents filed a lawsuit (诉讼) in California claiming that the state’s ban on IQ testing discriminates against their children by denying them the opportunity to take the test. (They believed, correctly, that IQ tests are a valid method of evaluating children for special education classes.) The judge, therefore, reversed, at least partially, his original decision.

And so the argument goes on and on. Does it benefit or harm children from minority groups to have their intelligence tested? We have always been on the side of permitting, even facilitating, such testing. If a child of any color or group is doing poorly in school it seems to us very important to know whether it is because he or she is of low intelligence, or whether some other factor is the cause.

What school and family can do to improve poor performance is influenced by its cause. It is not discriminative to evaluate either a child’s physical condition or his intellectual level.

Unfortunately, intellectual level seems to be a sensitive subject, and what the law allows us to do varies from time to time. The same fluctuation back and forth occurs in areas other than intelligence. Thirty years or so ago, for instance, white families were encouraged to adopt black children. It was considered discriminative not to do so.

And then the style changed and this cross-racial adopting became generally unpopular, and social agencies felt that black children should go to black families only. It is hard to say what are the best procedures. But surely good will on the part of all of us is needed.

As to intelligence, in our opinion, the more we know about any child’s intellectual level, the better for the child in question.

31. Why did the intelligence test become unpopular in the past few decades?

A) Its validity was challenged by many communities.

B) It was considered discriminative against minority children.

C) It met with strong opposition from the majority of black parents.

D) It deprived the black children of their rights to a good education.

32. The recent legal action taken by some black parents in California aimed to ________.

A) draw public attention to IQ testing

B) put an end to special education

C) remove the state’s ban on intelligence tests

D) have their children enter white schools

33. The author believes that intelligence testing ________.

A) may ease racial confrontation in the United States

B) can encourage black children to keep up with white children

C) may seriously aggravate racial discrimination in the United States

D) can help black parents make decisions abut their children’s education

34. The author’s opinion of child adoption seems to be that ________.

A) no rules whatsoever can be prescribed

B) white families should adopt black children

C) adoption should be based on IQ test results

D) cross-racial adoption is to be advocated

35. Child adoption is mentioned in the passage to show that ________.

A) good will may sometimes complicate racial problems

B) social surroundings are vital to the healthy growth of children

C) intelligence testing also applies to non-academic areas

D) American opinion can shift when it comes to sensitive issues

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:

Not too many decades ago it seemed “obvious” both to the general public and to sociologists that modern society has changed people’s natural relations, loosened their responsibilities to kin (亲戚) and neighbors, and substituted in their place superficial relationships with passing acquaintances. However, in recent years a growing body of research has revealed that the “obvious” is not true. It seems that if you are a city resident, you typically know a smaller proportion of your neighbors than you do if you are a resident of a smaller community. But, for the most part, this fact has few significant consequences. It does not necessarily follow that if you know few of your neighbors you will know no one else.

Even in very large cities, people maintain close social ties within small, private social worlds. Indeed, the number and quality of meaningful relationships do not differ between more and less urban people. Small-town residents are more involved with kin than are big-city residents. Yet city dwellers compensate by developing friendships with people who share similar interests and activities. Urbanism may produce a different style of life, but the quality of life does not differ between town and city. Nor are residents of large communities any likelier to display psychological symptoms of stress or alienation, a feeling of not belonging, than are residents of smaller communities. However, city dwellers do worry more about crime, and this leads them to a distrust of strangers.

These findings do not imply that urbanism makes little or no difference. If neighbors are strangers to one another, they are less likely to sweep the sidewalk of an elderly couple living next door or keep an eye out for young trouble makers. Moreover, as Wirth suggested, there may be a link between a community’s population size and its social heterogeneity (多样性). For instance, sociologists have found much evidence that the size of a community is associated with bad behavior including gambling, drugs, etc. Large-city urbanites are also more likely than their small-town counterparts to have a cosmopolitan (见多识广者的) outlook, to display less responsibility to traditional kinship roles, to vote for leftist political candidates, and to be tolerant of nontraditional religious groups, unpopular political groups, and so-called undesirables. Everything considered, heterogeneity and unusual behavior seem to be outcomes of large population size.

36. Which of the following statements best describes the organization of the first paragraph?

A) Two contrasting views are presented.

B) An argument is examined and possible solutions given.

C) Research results concerning the quality of urban life are presented in order of time.

D) A detailed description of the difference between urban and small-town life is given.

37. According to the passage, it was once a common belief that urban residents ________.

A) did not have the same interests as their neighbors

B) could not develop long-standing relationships

C) tended to be associated with bad behavior

D) usually had more friends

38. One of the consequences of urban life is that impersonal relationships among neighbors ________.

A) disrupt people’s natural relations

B) make them worry about crime

C) cause them not to show concern for one another

D) cause them to be suspicious of each other

39. It can be inferred from the passage that the bigger a community is, ________.

A) the better its quality of life

B) the more similar its interests

C) the more tolerant and open-minded it is

D) the likelier it is to display psychological symptoms of stress

40. What is the passage mainly about?

A) Similarities in the interpersonal relationships between urbanites and small-town dwellers.

B) Advantages of living in big cities as compared with living in small town.

C) The positive role that urbanism plays in modern life.

D) The strong feeling of alienation of city inhabitants.

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

41. The lady in this strange tale very obviously suffers from a serious mental illness. Her plot against a completely innocent old man is a clear sign of ______.

A) impulse B) insanity

C) inspiration D) disposition

42. The Prime Minister was followed by five or six ______ when he got off the plane.

A) laymen B) servants

C) directors D) attendants

43. There is no doubt that the ______ of these goods to the others is easy to see.

A) prestige B) superiority

C) priority D) publicity

44. All the guests were invited to attend the wedding ______ and had a very good time.

A) feast B) congratulations

C) festival D) recreation

45. The price of the coal will vary according to how far it has to be transported and how expensive the freight ______ are.

A) payments B) charges

C) funds D) prices

46. The manager gave her his ______ that her complaint would be investigated.

A) assurance B) assumption

C) sanction D) insurance

47. Although the model looks good on the surface, it will not bear close ______.

A) temperament B) contamination

C) scrutiny D) symmetry

48. We are doing this work in the ___ of reforms in the economic, social and cultural spheres.

A) context B) contest

C) pretext D) texture

49. While a full understanding of what causes the disease may be several years away, ________ leading to a successful treatment could come much sooner.

A) a distinction B) a breakthrough

C) an identification D) an interpretation

50. Doctors are often caught in a ________ because they have to decide whether they should tell their patients the truth or not.

A) puzzle B) perplexity

C) dilemma D) bewilderment

51. To ________ important dates in history, countries create special holidays.

A) commend B) memorize

C) propagate D) commemorate

52. His successful negotiations with the Americans helped him to ________ his position in the government.

A) contrive B) consolidate

C) heave D) intensify

53. Please do not be ________ by his offensive remarks since he is merely trying to attract attention.

A) distracted B) disregarded

C) irritated D) intervened

54. Once you get to know your mistakes, you should ________ them as soon as possible.

A) rectify B) reclaim

C) refrain D) reckon

55. He wouldn’t answer the reporters’ questions, nor would he ________ for a photograph.

A) summon B) highlight

C) pose D) marshal

56. The club will ________ new members the first week in September.

A) enroll B) subscribe

C) absorb D) register

57. If you don’t ________ the children properly, Mr. Chiver, they’ll just run riot.

A) mobilize B) warrant

C) manipulate D) supervise

58. Already the class is ________ about who our new teacher will be.

A) foreseeing B) speculating

C) fabricating D) contemplating

59. We should ________ our energy and youth to the development of our country.

A) dedicate B) cater

C) ascribe D) cling

60. Just because I’m ________ to him, my boss thinks he can order me around without showing me any respect.

A) redundant B) trivial

C) versatile D) subordinate

61. Many scientists remain ________ about the value of this research program.

A) sceptical B) stationary

C) spacious D) specific

62. Depression is often cause by the ________ effects of stress and overwork.

A) total B) increased

C) terrific D) cumulative

63. A human’s eyesight is not as ________ as that of an eagle.

A) eccentric B) acute

C) sensible D) sensitive

64. It is ________ that women should be paid less than men for doing the same kind of work.

A) abrupt B) absurd

C) adverse D) addictive

65. Shoes of this kind are ________ to slip on wet ground.

A) feasible B) appropriate

C) apt D) fitting

66. We’ll be very careful and keep what you’ve told us strictly ________.

A) rigorous B) confidential

C) private D) mysterious

67. The members of Parliament were ________ that the government had not consulted them.

A) impatient B) tolerant

C) crude D) indignant

68. Some American colleges are state-supported, others are privately ________, and still others are supported by religious organizations.

A) ensured B) attributed

C) authorized D) endowed

69. The prison guards were armed and ready to shoot if ________ in any way.

A) intervened B) incurred

C) provoked D) poked

70. Many pure metals have little use because they are too soft, rust too easily, or have some other ________.

A) drawbacks B) handicaps

C) bruises D) blunders

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

Sporting activities are essentially modified forms of
hunting behavior. Viewing biologically, the modern		S1. __________
footballer is revealed as a member of a disguised hunting
pack. His killing weapon has turned into a harmless football
and his prey into a goal-mouth. If his aim is inaccurate and he		S2. __________
scores a goal, enjoys the hunter’s triumph of killing his prey.
To understand how this transformation has taken place we		S3. __________
must briefly look up at our ancient ancestors. They spent over a		S4. __________
million year evolving as co-operative hunters. Their very survival		S5. __________
depended on success in the hunting-field. Under this pressure
their whole way of life, even if their bodies, became radicaily		S6. __________
changed. They became chasers, runners, jumpers, aimers,
throwers and prey-killers. They co-operate as skillful male-group		S7. __________
attackers.
Then, about ten thousand years ago, when this immensely		S8. __________
long formative period of hunting for food, they became
farmers. Their improved intelligence, so vital to their old
hunting life, were put to a new use—that of penning (把		S9. __________
……关在圈中), controlling and domesticating their prey. The
food was there on the farms, awaiting their needs. The risks and
uncertainties of farming were no longer essential for survival.		S10.__________

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: A Letter to the University President about the Canteen Service on Campus You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below:

假设你是李明，请你就本校食堂的状况给校长写一封信，内容应涉及食堂的饭菜质量、价格、环境、服务等，可以是表扬，可以是批评建议，也可以兼而有之。

January 12th, 2002

Dear Mr. President,

2002.1

1. C 2. D 3. B 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. C

11. C 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. D 20. C

21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. A 27. C 28. D 29. B 30. A

31. B 32. C 33. D 34. A 35. D 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. A

41. B 42. D 43. B 44. A 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. C

51. D 52. B 53. C 54. A 55. C 56. A 57. D 58. B 59. A 60. D

61. A 62. D 63. B 64. B 65. C 66. B 67. D 68. D 69. C 70. A

S1. Viewing à Viewed S2. inaccurate à accurate

S3. (enjoys) à he (enjoys) S4. up à back

S5. year à years S6. (even) if à (even) /

S7. co-operate à co-operated S8. when à after

S9. were à was S10.. farming à hunting

2001年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:27:00.001+08:00

2001年6月试卷
Part I                                Listening Comprehension                      (20 minutes)
Section A
Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Example:    You will hear:
                  You will read:
A) 2 hours.
B) 3 hours.
C) 4 hours.
D) 5 hours.
From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center.
Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D]
1.   A) He will tell Mary how to operate the dishwasher.
      B) He will wash the dishes himself instead.
      C) He will help Bill to translate the manual.
      D) He himself will operate the dishwasher.
2.   A) Lose weight.
      B) Quit smoking.
      C) Weigh himself frequently.
      D) Have a talk with the doctor.
3.   A) The woman should have complained to her neighbor.
      B) The woman should stay out until the neighbors are quiet.
      C) The woman should have stayed at the library.
      D) The lab will be a better place for reading.
4.   A) Check the figures later today.
      B) Bring a calculator tomorrow.
      C) Bring a calculator tomorrow.
      D) Calculate the number right now.
5.   A) She doesn’t remember much about the city.
      B) She’s never been to the city.
      C) She would find someone else to help.
      D) She would talk to the man later.
6.   A) She thinks the man should have helped earlier.
      B) She doesn’t need the man’s help.
      C) She doesn’t know the boxes are heavy.
      D) She wants the man to help with the boxes.
7.   A) She let the man use her books for the weekend.
      B) She brought the books the man asked for.
      C) She borrowed the books from the man.
      D) She offered to help the man.
8.   A) She’d like to have the windows open.
      B) She likes to have the air conditioner on.
      C) The air is heavily polluted.
      D) The windows are already open.
9.   A) He’s going to visit a photo studio.
      B) He’s just had his picture taken.
      C) He’s on the way to the theater.
      D) He’s just returned from a job interview.
10.  A) At a gas station.
      B) In a park.
      C) In an emergency room.
      D) At a garage.

Section B
Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Passage one
Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.
11.  A) One sixth of them are seriously polluted.
      B) One third of them are seriously polluted.
      C) Half of them are seriously polluted.
      D) Most of them are seriously polluted.
12.  A) There was no garbage left to clean up.
      B) There was more garbage than before and they had to work harder.
      C) The river had become so clean that a lot of water-birds came back.
      D) The river was much cleaner and they had to search for garbage.
13.  A) Most of them would be indifferent and keep on throwing garbage into the river.
      B) They would join the students in changing the situation.
      C) They would become more aware of the pollution problem.
      D) They would think twice before they went swimming or fishing in the river.

Passage Two
Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard.
14.  A) Why people hold back their tears.
      B) Why people cry.
      C) How to restrain one’s tears.
      D) How tears are produced.
15.  A) What chemicals tears are composed of.
      B) Whether crying really helps us feel better.
      C) Why some people tend to cry more often than others.
      D) How tears help people cope with emotional problems.
16.  A) Only one out of four girls cries less often than boys.
      B) Of four boys, only one cries very often.
      C) Girls cry four times as often as boys.
      D) Only one out of four babies doesn’t cry often.
17.  A) Only humans respond to emotions by shedding tears.
      B) Only humans shed tears to get rid of irritating stuff in their eyes.
      C) Only human tears can resist the invading bacteria.
      D) Only human tears can discharge certain chemicals.

Passage Three
Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.
18.  A) They make decisions by tossing coins.
      B) They are not physically separated.
      C) They think exactly the same way.
      D) They share most of their vital organs.
19.  A) Few of them can live long.
      B) Few of them get along well with each other.
      C) Most of them live a normal life.
      D) Most of them differ in their likes and dislikes.
20.  A) They go to a regular school.
      B) They attend a special school.
      C) They are taught by their parents.
      D) They have a private tutor.

Part II                               ReadingComprehension                        (35 minutes)
Direction:      There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B) C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

Passage One
Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:
      Our culture has caused most Americans to assume not only that our language is universal but that the gestures we use are understood by everyone. We do not realize that waving good-bye is the way to summon a person from the Philippines to one’s side, or that in Italy and some Latin-American countries, curling the finger to oneself is a sign of farewell.
      Those private citizens who sent packages to our troops occupying Germany after World War II and marked them GIFT to escape duty payments did not bother to find out that “Gift” means poison in German. Moreover, we like to think of ourselves as friendly, yet we prefer to be at least 3 feet or an arm’s length away form others. Latins and Middle Easterners like to come closer and touch, which makes Americans uncomfortable.
      Our linguistic（语言上的）and cultural blindness and the casualness with which we take notice of the developed tastes, gestures, customs and languages of other countries, are losing us friends, business and respect in the world.
      Even here in the United States, we make few concessions to the needs of foreign visitors. There are no information signs in four languages on our public buildings or monuments; we do not have multilingual（多语的）guided tours. Very few restaurant menus have translations, and multilingual waiters, bank clerks and policemen are rare. Our transportation systems have maps in English only and often we ourselves have difficulty understanding them.
      When we go abroad, we tend to cluster in hotels and restaurants where English is spoken. The attitudes and information we pick up are conditioned by those natives—usually the richer—who speak English. Our business dealings, as well as the nation’s diplomacy, are conducted through interpreters.
      For many years, America and Americans could get by with cultural blindness and linguistic ignorance. After all, America was the most powerful country of the free world, the distributor of needed funds and goods.
      But all that is past. American dollars no longer buy all good things, and we are slowly beginning to realize that our proper role in the world is changing. A 1979 Harris poll reported that 55 percent of Americans want this country to play a more significant role in world affairs; we want to have a hand in the important decisions of the next century, even though it may not always be the upper hand.
21.   It can be inferred that Americans being approached too closely by Middle Easterners would most probably ________.
       A) stand still
       B) jump aside
       C) step forward
       D) draw back
22.   The author gives many examples to criticize Americans for their _.
       A) cultural self-centeredness
       B) casual manners
       C) indifference toward foreign visitors
       D) arrogance towards other cultures
23.   In countries other than their own most Americans _.
       A) are isolated by the local people
       B) are not well informed due to the language barrier
       C) tend to get along well with the natives
       D) need interpreters in hotels and restaurants
24.   According to the author, Americans’ cultural blindness and linguistic ignorance will .
       A) affect their image in the new era
       B) cut themselves off from the outside world
       C) limit their role in world affairs
       D) weaken the position of the US dollar
25.   The author’s intention in writing this article is to make Americans realize that .
       A) it is dangerous to ignore their foreign friends
       B) it is important to maintain their leading role in world affairs
       C) it is necessary to use several languages in public places
       D) it is time to get acquainted with other cultures

Passage Two
Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:
      In department stores and closets all over the world, they are waiting. Their outward appearance seems rather appealing because they come in a variety of styles, textures, and colors. But they are ultimately the biggest deception that exists in the fashion industry today. What are they? They are high heels — a woman’s worst enemy (whether she knows it or not). High heel shoes are the downfall of modern society. Fashion myths have led women to believe that they are more beautiful or sophisticated for wearing heels, but in reality, heels succeed in posing short as well as long term hardships. Women should fight the high heel industry by refusing to use or purchase them in order to save the world from unnecessary physical and psychological suffering.
      For the sake of fairness, it must be noted that there is a positive side to high heels. First, heels are excellent for aerating（使通气）lawns. Anyone who has ever worn heels on grass knows what I am talking about. A simple trip around the yard in a pair of those babies eliminates all need to call for a lawn care specialist, and provides the perfect-sized holes to give any lawn oxygen without all those messy chunks of dirt lying around. Second, heels are quite functional for defense against oncoming enemies, who can easily be scared away by threatening them with a pair of these sharp, deadly fashion accessories.
      Regardless of such practical uses for heels, the fact remains that wearing high heels is harmful to one’s physical health. Talk to any podiatrist（足病医生）, and you will hear that the majority of their business comes from high-heel-wearing women. High heels are known to cause problems such as deformed feet and torn toenails. The risk of severe back problems and twisted or broken ankles is three times higher for a high heel wearer than for a flat shoe wearer. Wearing heels also creates the threat of getting a heel caught in a sidewalk crack or a sewer-grate（阴沟栅）and being thrown to the ground—possibly breaking a nose, back, or neck. And of course, after wearing heels for a day, any woman knows she can look forward to a night of pain as she tries to comfort her swollen, aching feet.
26.   What makes women blind to the deceptive nature of high heels?
       A) The multi-functional use of high heels.
       B) Their attempt to show off their status.
       C) The rich variety of high heel styles.
       D) Their wish to improve their appearance.
27.   The author’s presentation of the positive side of high heels is meant .
       A) to be ironic
       B) to poke fun at women
       C) to be fair to the fashion industry
       D) to make his point convincing
28.   The author uses the expression “those babies” (Line 3, Para.2) to refer to high heels .
       A) to show their fragile characteristics
       B) to indicate their feminine features
       C) to show women’s affection for them
       D) to emphasize their small size
29.   The author’s chief argument against high heels is that .
       A) they pose a threat to lawns
       B) they are injurious to women’s health
       C) they don’t necessarily make women beautiful
       D) they are ineffective as a weapon of defense
30.   It can be inferred from the passage that women should ___.
       A) see through the very nature of fashion myths
       B) boycott the products of the fashion industry
       C) go to a podiatrist regularly for advice
       D) avoid following fashion too closely

Passage Three
Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:
      It is hardly necessary for me to cite all the evidence of the depressing state of literacy. These figures from the Department of Education are sufficient: 27 million Americans cannot read at all, and a further 35 million read at a level that is less than sufficient to survive in our society.
      But my own worry today is less that of the overwhelming problem of elemental literacy than it is of the slightly more luxurious problem of the decline in the skill even of he middle-class reader, of his unwillingness to afford those spaces of silence, those luxuries of domesticity and time and concentration, that surround the image of the classic act of reading. it has been suggested that almost 80 percent of America’s literate, educated teenagers can no longer read without an accompanying noise (music) in the background or a television screen flickering（闪烁）at the corner of their field of perception. We know very little about the brain and how it deals with simultaneous conflicting input, but every common-sense intuition suggests we should be profoundly alarmed. This violation of concentration, silence, solitude（独处的状态）goes to the very heart of our notion of literacy; this new form of part-reading, of part-perception against background distraction, renders impossible certain essential acts of apprehension and concentration, let alone that most important tribute any human being can pay to a poem or a piece of prose he or she really loves, which is to learn it by heart. Not by brain, by heart; the expression is vital.
      Under these circumstances, the question of what future there is for the arts of reading is a real one. Ahead of us lie technical, psychic（心理的）, and social transformations probably much more dramatic than those brought about by Gutenberg, the German inventor in printing. The Gutenberg revolution, as we now know it, took a long time; its effects are still being debated. The information revolution will touch every facet of composition, publication, distribution, and reading. No one in the book industry can say with any confidence what will happen to the book, as we’ve known it.
31.   The picture of the reading ability of the American people, drawn by the author, is _.
       A) rather bleak
       B) fairly bright
       C) very impressive
       D) quite encouraging
32.   The author’s biggest concern is ____.
       A) elementary school children’s disinterest in reading classics
       B) the surprisingly low rate of literacy in the U.S.
       C) the musical setting American readers require for reading
       D) the reading ability and reading behavior of the middle class
33.   A major problem with most adolescents who can read is _.
       A) their fondness of music and TV programs
       B) their ignorance of various forms of art and literature
       C) their lack of attentiveness and basic understanding
       D) their inability to focus on conflicting input
34.   The author claims that the best way a reader can show admiration for a piece of poetry or prose is .
       A) to be able to appreciate it and memorize it
       B) to analyze its essential features
       C) to think it over conscientiously
       D) to make a fair appraisal of its artistic value
35.   About the future of the arts of reading the author feels .
       A) upset
       B) uncertain
       C) alarmed
       D) pessimistic

Passage Four
Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:
      For centuries, explorers have risked their lives venturing into the unknown for reasons that were to varying degrees economic and nationalistic. Columbus went west to look for better trade routes to the Orient and to promote the greater glory of Spain. Lewis and Clark journeyed into the American wilderness to find out what the U.S. had acquired when it purchased Louisiana, and the Appolo astronauts rocketed to the moon in a dramatic show of technological muscle during the cold war.
      Although their missions blended commercial and political-military imperatives, the explorers involved all accomplished some significant science simply by going where no scientists had gone before.
      Today Mars looms（隐约出现）as humanity’s next great terra incognita（未探明之地）. And with doubtful prospects for a short-term financial return, with the cold war a rapidly fading memory and amid a growing emphasis on international cooperation in large space ventures, it is clear that imperatives other than profits or nationalism will have to compel human beings to leave their tracks on the planet’s reddish surface. Could it be that science, which has long played a minor role in exploration, is at last destined to take a leading role? The question naturally invites a couple of others: Are there experiments that only humans could do on Mars? Could those experiments provide insights profound enough to justify the expense of sending people across interplanetary space?
      With Mars the scientific stakes are arguably higher than they have ever been. The issue of whether life ever existed on the planet, and whether it persists to this day, has been highlighted by mounting evidence that the Red Planet once had abundant stable, liquid water and by the continuing controversy over suggestions that bacterial fossils rode to Earth on a meteorite（陨石）from Mars. A more conclusive answer about life on Mars, past or present, would give researchers invaluable data about the range of conditions under which a planet can generate the complex chemistry that leads to life. If it could be established that life arose independently on Mars and Earth, the finding would provide the first concrete clues in one of the deepest mysteries in all of science: the prevalence of life in the universe.
36.   According to the passage, the chief purpose of explorers in going to unknown places in the past was .
       A) to display their country’s military might
       B) to accomplish some significant science
       C) to find new areas for colonization
       D) to pursue commercial and state interests
37.   At present, a probable inducement for countries to initiate large-scale space ventures is _.
       A) international cooperation
       B) nationalistic reasons
       C) scientific research
       D) long-term profits
38.   What is the main goal of sending human missions to Mars?
       A) To find out if life ever existed there.
       B) To see if humans could survive there.
       C) To prove the feasibility of large-scale space ventures.
       D) To show the leading role of science in space exploration.
39.   By saying “With Mars the scientific stakes are arguably higher than they have ever been” (Line 1, Para.4), the author means that ___.
       A) with Mars the risks involved are much greater than any previous space ventures
       B) in the case of Mars, the rewards of scientific exploration can be very high
       C) in the case of Mars, much more research funds are needed than ever before
       D) with Mars, scientists argue, the fundamental interests of science are at issue
40.   The passage tells us that proof of life on Mars would _.
       A) make clear the complex chemistry in the development of life
       B) confirm the suggestion that bacterial fossils traveled to Earth on a meteorite
       C) reveal the kind of conditions under which life originates
       D) provide an explanation why life is common in the universe

Part III                             Vocabulary and Structure                      (20 minutes)
Directions:  There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

41.  If you want this painkiller, you’ll have to ask the doctor for a __.
      A) transaction                                           B) permit
      C) settlement                                            D) prescription
42.  The _ from childhood to adulthood is always a critical time for everybody.
      A) conversion                                           B) transition
      C) turnover                                               D) transformation
43.  It is hard to tell whether we are going to have a boom in the economy or a .
      A) concession                                           B) recession
      C) submission                                           D) transmission
44.  His use of color, light and form quickly departed from the conventional style of his as he developed his own technique.
      A) descendants                                          B) predecessors
      C) successors                                            D) ancestors
45.  Failure in a required subject may result in the ____ of a diploma.
      A) refusal                                                 B) betrayal
      C) denial                                                  D) burial
46.  To help students understand how we see, teachers often draw an _ between an eye and a camera.
      A) image                                                  B) analogy
      C) imitation                                              D) axis
47.  A 1994 World Bank report concluded that girls in school was probably the single most effective anti-poverty policy in the developing world today.
      A) assigning                                             B) admitting
      C) involving                                             D) enrolling
48.  The author of the report is well with the problems in the hospital because he has been working there for many years.
      A) acquainted                                           B) informed
      C) accustomed                                          D) known
49.  When the farmers visited the city for the first time, they were ___ by its complicated traffic system.
      A) evoked                                                B) bewildered
      C) diverted                                               D) undermined
50.  If Japan its relation with that country it will have to find another supplier of raw materials.
      A) precludes                                             B) terminates
      C) partitions                                             D) expires
51.  They were in their scientific research, not knowing what happened just outside their lab.
      A) submerged                                           B) drowned
      C) immersed                                             D) dipped
52.  You should _ to one or more weekly magazines such as Time orNewsweek.
      A) ascribe                                                 B) order
      C) reclaim                                                D) subscribe
53.  The automatic doors in supermarkets __ the entry and exit of customers with shopping carts.
      A) furnish                                                B) induce
      C) facilitate                                              D) allocate
54.  Each workday, the workers followed the same schedules and rarely _ from this routine.
      A) deviated                                               B) disconnected
      C) detached                                              D) distorted
55.  The little girl was ______ by the death of her dog since her affection for the pet had been real and deep.
      A) grieved                                                B) suppressed
      C) oppressed                                             D) sustained
56.  A visitor to a museum today would notice changes in the way museums are operated.
      A) cognitive                                             B) rigorous
      C) conspicuous                                          D) exclusive
57.  Most people tend to think they are so efficient at their job that they are _.
      A) inaccessible                                          B) irreversible
      C) immovable                                           D) irreplaceable
58.  Being impatient is with being a good teacher.
      A) intrinsic                                               B) ingenious
      C) incompatible                                        D) inherent
59.  For a particular reason, he wanted the information to be treated as .
      A) assured                                                B) reserved
      C) intimate                                               D) confidential
60.  Fortune-tellers are good at making _ statements such as “Your sorrows will change.”
      A) philosophical                                        B) ambiguous
      C) literal                                                  D) invalid
61.  The tenant must be prepared to decorate the house __ the terms of the contract.
      A) in the vicinity of                                   B) in quest of
      C) in accordance with                                D) in collaboration with
62.  The winners of the football championship ran off the field carrying the silver cup .
      A) turbulently                                           B) tremendously
      C) triumphantly                                        D) tentatively
63.  He said that they had _ been obliged to give up the scheme for lack of support.
      A) gravely                                                B) regrettably
      C) forcibly                                               D) graciously
64.  The law on drinking and driving is _ stated.
      A) extravagantly                                       B) empirically
      C) exceptionally                                        D) explicitly
65.  Their claims to damages have not been convincingly .
      A) refuted                                                B) overwhelmed
      C) depressed                                             D) intimidated
66.  Please don’t _ too much on the painful memories. Everything will be all right.
      A) hesitate                                                B) linger
      C) retain                                                   D) dwell
67.  The jobs of wildlife technicians and biologists seemed __ to him, but one day he discovered their difference.
      A) identical                                              B) vertical
      C) parallel                                                D) specific
68.  Mary became homesick and critical of the United States, so she fled from her home in west Bloomfield to her hometown in Austria.
      A) completely                                           B) sincerely
      C) absolutely                                            D) increasingly
69.  Despite almost universal of the vital importance of women’s literacy, education remains a dream for far too many women in far too many countries of the world.
      A) identification                                        B) compliment
      C) confession                                            D) acknowledgement
70.  In today’s medical field, little agreement exists on the for defining mental illness.
      A) legislation                                            B) requirement
      C) criteria                                                 D) measures

Part IV                             Error Correction                                     (15 minutes)
Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (／) in the blank.
Example:

       Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.

1.time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.

2. ／_
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.

3.the_

      More people die of tuberculosis (结核病) than of any

other disease caused by a single agent. This has probably

been the case in quite a while. During the early stages of

71.
the industrial revolution, perhaps one in every seventh

72.
deaths in Europe’s crowded cities were caused by the

73.
disease. From now on, though, western eyes, missing the

74.
global picture, saw the trouble going into decline. With

occasional breaks for war, the rates of death and

infection in the Europe and America dropped steadily

75.
through the 19th and 20th centuries. In the 1950s, the

introduction of antibiotics (抗菌素) strengthened the

trend in rich countries, and the antibiotics were allowed

to be imported to poor countries. Medical researchers

76.
declared victory and withdrew.

       They are wrong. In the mid-1980s the frequency of

77.
infections and deaths started to pick up again around the

world. Where tuberculosis vanished, it came back; in

78.
many places where it had never been away, it grew better.

79.
The World Health Organization estimates that 1.7

billion people (a third of the earth’s population) suffer

from tuberculosis. Even the infection rate was

falling, population growth kept the number of clinical

cases more or less constantly at 8 million a year. Around

80. ____
3 million of those people died, nearly all of them in poor

countries.

Part V                               Writing                                                    (30 minutes)
Directions:     For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a letter. Suppose you are Zhang Ying. Write a letter to Xiao Wang, a schoolmate of yours who is going to visit you during the week-long holiday. You should write a t least 120 words according to the suggestions given below in Chinese.

                     1. 表示欢迎
                     2. 提出对度假安排的建议
                     3. 提醒应注意的事项
A letter to a Schoolmate
June 23, 2001
Dear Xiao Wang,

                                                                                                            Yours,
                                                                                                            Zhang Ying
考试真题答案
2001.6
1. B        2. A        3. C        4. B         5. A        6. B        7. C        8. A        9. D        10. D
11. B       12. D      13. C       14. B       15. D      16. C       17. A      18. B       19. A       20. A
21. D      22. A      23. B       24. C       25. D      26. D      27. A      28. C       29. B       30. D
31. A       32. D      33. C       34. A       35. B      36. D      37.C               38. A      39. B       40. C
41. D      42. B      43. B       44. B       45. C      46. B       47. D      48. A       49. B       50. B
51. C       52. D      53. C       54. A       55. A      56. C       57. D      58. C       59. D      60. B
61. C       62. C      63. B       64. D       65. A      66. D      67. A      68. D      69. D      70. C
71. in à for                                                      72. seventh à seven
73. were à was                                                 74. now à then
75. the à /                                                        76. imported à exported
77. are à were                                                  78. vanished à had ~
79. better à worse                                             80. constantly à constant

2001年1月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:16:00.001+08:00

2001年1月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) The woman never travels by plane.

B) Both speakers feel nervous when flying.

C) The man thinks travelling by air is quite safe.

D) The speakers feel sad about the serious loss of life.

2. A) In an office.

B) In a restaurant.

C) At a railway station.

D) At the information desk.

3. A) Fix the shelf.

B) Paint the shelf.

C) Write the letter.

D) Look for the pen.

4. A) It is run by Mrs. Winter’s husband.

B) It hires Mrs. Winter as an adviser.

C) It gives a 30% discount to all customers.

D) It encourages husbands to shop on their own.

5. A) Too tight a hat.

B) Lack of sleep.

C) Long working hours.

D) Long exposure to the sun.

6. A) He doesn’t like the way Americans speak.

B) He speaks English as if he were a native speaker.

C) His English is still poor after ten years in America.

D) He doesn’t mind speaking English with an accent.

7. A) An electrician.

B) A carpenter.

C) An auto mechanic.

D) A telephone repairman.

8. A) They both enjoyed watching the game.

B) They both felt good about the results of the game.

C) People were surprised at their winning the game.

D) The man thought the results were beyond their expectations.

9. A) Salesman and customer.

B) Manager and employee.

C) Professor and student.

D) Guide and tourist.

10. A) Tom will keep the surprise party a secret.

B) Tom didn’t make any promise to Lucy.

C) Tom has arranged a surprise party for Lucy.

D) Tom and Lucy have no secrets from each other.

Section B

Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered form S1 to S7 with the exact words you have just heard: For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written.

Compound Dictation

The human body is a remarkable food processor. As an adult, you may consumer (S1) ___________ a ton of food per year and still not gain or lose a pound of body weight. You are (S2) ______________ harnessing and consuming energy through the intricate (S3) ______________ of your body in order to remain in energy balance. to (S4) ________________ a given body weight, your energy input must balance your energy output. However, sometimes the (S5) _____________ energy balance is upset, and your (S6) ___________________ body weight will either fall or (S7) ______________.

The term body image refers to the mental image we have of our won physical appearance, and (S8) _______________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

Research has revealed that about 40 percent of adult men and 55 percent of adult women are dissatisfied with their current body weight (S9) _______________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

At the college level, a study found that 85 percent of both male and female first-year students desired to change their body weight. (S10) ______________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

Thinness is currently an attribute that females desire highly. Males generally desire muscularity. The vast majority of individuals who want to change their body weight do it for the sake of appearance; most want to lose excess body fat while a smaller percentage of individuals actually want to gain weight.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 11 to 15 are based on the following passage:

Birds that are literally half-asleep—with one brain hemisphere alert and the other sleeping—control which side of the brain remains awake, according to a new study of sleeping ducks.

Earlier studies have documented half-brain sleep in a wide range of birds. The brain hemispheres take turns sinking into the sleep stage characterized by slow brain waves. The eye controlled by the sleeping hemisphere keeps shut, while the wakeful hemisphere’s eye stays open and alert. Birds also can sleep with both hemispheres resting at once.

Decades of studies of bird flocks led researchers to predict extra alertness in the more vulnerable, end-of-the-row sleepers, Sure enough, the end birds tended to watch carefully on the side away from their companions. Ducks in the inner spots showed no preference for gaze direction.

Also, birds dozing（打盹）at the end of the line resorted to single-hemisphere sleep, rather than total relaxation, more often than inner ducks did. Rotating 16 birds through the positions in a four-duck row, the researchers found outer birds half-asleep during some 32 percent of dozing time versus about 12 percent for birds in internal spots.

“We believe this is the first evidence for an animal behaviorally controlling sleep and wakefulness simultaneously in different regions of the brain,” the researchers say.

The results provide the best evidence for a long-standing supposition that single-hemisphere sleep evolved as creatures scanned for enemies. The preference for opening an eye on the lookout side could be widespread, he predicts. He’s seen it in a pair of birds dozing side-by-side in the zoo and in a single pet bird sleeping by mirror. The mirror-side eye closed as if the reflection were a companion and the other eye stayed open.

Useful as half-sleeping might be, it’s only been found in birds and such water mammals（哺乳动物）as dolphins, whales, and seals. Perhaps keeping one side of the brain awake allows a sleeping animal to surface occasionally to avoid drowning.

Studies of birds may offer unique insights into sleep. Jerome M. Siegel of the UGLA says he wonders if birds’ half-brain sleep “is just the tip of the iceberg（冰山）”. He speculates that more examples may turn up when we take a closer look at other species.

11. A new study on birds’ sleep has revealed that ____________.

A) birds can control their half-brain sleep consciously

B) birds seldom sleep with the whole of their brain at rest

C) half-brain sleep is found in a wide variety of birds

D) half-brain sleep is characterized by slow brain waves

12. According to the passage, birds often half sleep because ______________.

A) they have to constantly keep an eye on their companions

B) the two halves of their brain are differently structured

C) they have to watch out for possible attacks

D) their brain hemisphere take turns to rest

13. The example of a bird sleeping in front of a mirror indicates that _____________.

A) birds prefer to sleep in pairs for the sake of security

B) the phenomenon of birds dozing in pairs is widespread

C) a single pet bird enjoys seeing its own reflection in the mirror

D) even an imagined companion gives the bird a sense of security

14. While sleeping, some water mammals tend to keep half awake in order to __________.

A) avoid being swept away by rapid currents

B) emerge from water now and then to breathe

C) alert themselves to the approaching enemy

D) be sensitive to the ever-changing environment

15. By “just the tip of the iceberg” (Line 2, Para.8), Siegel suggests that ____________.

A) half-brain sleep is a phenomenon that could exist among other species

B) most birds living in cold regions tend to be half sleepers

C) the mystery of half-brain sleep is close to being solved

D) half-brain sleep has something to do with icy weather

Passage Two

Questions 16 to 20 are based on the following passage:

A nine-year-old schoolgirl single-handedly cooks up a science-fair experiment that ends up debunking（揭穿．．．的真相）a widely practiced medical treatment. Emily Rosa’s target was a practice known as therapeutic（治疗）touch (TT for short), whose advocates manipulate patients’ “energy field” to make them feel better and even, say some, to cure them of various ills. Yet Emily’s test shows that these energy fields can’t be detected, even by trained TT practitioners（行医者）. Obviously mindful of the publicity value of the situation, Journal editor George Lundberg appeared on TV to declare, “Age doesn’t matter. It’s good science that matters, and this is good science.”

Emily’s mother Linda Rosa, a registered nurse, has been campaigning against TT for nearly a decade. Linda first thought about TT in the late ’80s, when she learned it was on the approved list for continuing nursing education in Colorado. Its 100,000 trained practitioners (48,000 in the U.S.) don’t even touch their patients. Instead, they waved their hands a few inches from the patient’s body, pushing energy fields around until they’re in “balance.” TT advocates say these manipulations can help heal wounds, relieve pain and reduce fever. The claims are taken seriously enough that TT therapists are frequently hired by leading hospitals, at up to $70 an hour, the smooth patients’ energy, sometimes during surgery.

Yet Rosa could not find any evidence that it works. To provide such proof, TT therapists would have to sit down for independent testing—something they haven’t been eager to do, even though James Randi has offered more than $1 million to anyone who can demonstrate the existence of a human energy field. (He’s had one taker so far. She failed.) A skeptic might conclude that TT practitioners are afraid to lay their beliefs on the line. But who could turn down an innocent fourth-grader? Says Emily: “I think they didn’t take me very seriously because I’m a kid.”

The experiment was straightforward: 21 TT therapists stuck their hands, palms up, through a screen. Emily held her own hand over one of theirs—left or right—and the practitioners had to say which hand it was. When the results were recorded, they’d done no better than they would have by simply guessing. if there was an energy field, they couldn’t feel it.

16. Which of the following is evidence that TT is widely practiced?

A) TT has been in existence for decades.

B) Many patients were cured by therapeutic touch.

C) TT therapists are often employed by leading hospitals.

D) More than 100,000 people are undergoing TT treatment.

17. Very few TT practitioners responded to the $1 million offer because ____________.

A) they didn’t take the offer seriously

B) they didn’t want to risk their career

C) they were unwilling to reveal their secret

D) they thought it was not in line with their practice

18. The purpose of Emily Rosa’s experiment was ____________.

A) to see why TT could work the way it did

B) to find out how TT cured patient’s illness

C) to test whether she could sense the human energy field

D) to test whether a human energy field really existed

19. Why did some TT practitioners agree to be the subjects of Emily’s experiment?

A) It involved nothing more than mere guessing.

B) They thought it was going to be a lot of fun.

C) It was more straightforward than other experiments.

D) They sensed no harm in a little girl’s experiment.

20. What can we learn from the passage?

A) Some widely accepted beliefs can be deceiving.

B) Solid evidence weighs more than pure theories.

C) Little children can be as clever as trained TT practitioners.

D) The principle of TT is too profound to understand.

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

What might driving on an automated highway be like? The answer depends on what kind of system is ultimately adopted. Two distinct types are on the drawing board. The first is a special—purpose lane system, in which certain lanes are reserved for automated vehicles. The second is a mixed traffic system: fully automated vehicles would share the road with partially automated or manually driven cars. A special-purpose land system would require more extensive physical modifications to existing highways, but it promises the greatest gains in freeway（高速公路）capacity.

Under either scheme, the driver would specify the desired destination, furnishing this information to a computer in the car at the beginning of the trip or perhaps just before reaching the automated highway. If a mixed traffic system was in place, automated driving could begin whenever the driver was on suitably equipped roads. If special-purpose lanes were available, the car could enter them and join existing traffic in two different ways. One method would use a special onramp（入口引道）. As the driver approached the point of entry for the highway, devices installed on the roadside would electronically check the vehicle to determine its destination and to ascertain that it had the proper automation equipment in good working order. Assuming it passed such tests, the driver would then be guided through a gate and toward an automated lane. In this case, the transition from manual to automated control would take place on the entrance ramp. An alternative technique could employ conventional lanes, which would be shared by automated and regular vehicles. The driver would steer onto the highway and move in normal fashion to a “transition” lane. The vehicle would then shift under computer control onto a lane reserved for automated traffic. (The limitation of these lanes to automated traffic would, presumably, be well respected, because all trespassers（非法进入者）could be swiftly identified by authorities.)

Either approach to joining, a lane of automated traffic would harmonize the movement of newly entering vehicles with those already traveling. Automatic control here should allow for smooth merging, without the usual uncertainties and potential for accidents. and once a vehicle had settled into automated travel, the drive would be free to release the wheel, open the morning paper or just relax.

21. We learn from the first paragraph that two systems of automated highways __________.

A) are being planned

B) are being modified

C) are now in wide use

D) are under construction

22. A special-purpose lane system is probably advantageous in that ________________.

A) it would require only minor changes to existing highways

B) it would achieve the greatest highway traffic efficiency

C) it has a lane for both automated and partially automated vehicles

D) it offers more lanes for automated vehicles

23. Which of the following is true about driving on an automated highway?

A) Vehicles traveling on it are assigned different lanes according to their destinations.

B) A car can join existing traffic any time in a mixed lane system.

C) The driver should inform his car computer of his destination before driving onto it.

D) The driver should share the automated lane with those of regular vehicles.

24. We know form the passage that a car can enter a special-purpose lane __________.

A) by smoothly merging with cars on the conventional lane

B) by way of a ramp with electronic control devices

C) through a specially guarded gate

D) after all trespassers are identified and removed

25. When driving in an automated lane, the driver ___________.

A) should harmonize with newly entering cars

B) doesn’t have to rely on his computer system

C) should watch out for potential accidents

D) doesn’t have to hold not to the steering wheel

Passage Four

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

Taking charge of yourself involves putting to rest some very prevalent myths. At the top of the list is the notion that intelligence is measured by your ability to solve complex problems; to read, write and compute at certain levels, and to resolve abstract equations quickly. This vision of intelligence asserts formal education and bookish excellence as the true measures of self-fulfillment. It encourages a kind of intellectual prejudice that has brought with it some discouraging results. We have come to believe that someone who has more educational merit badges, who is very good at some form of school discipline is “intelligent.” Yet mental hospitals are filled with patients who have all of the properly lettered certificates. A truer indicator of intelligence is an effective, happy life lived each day and each present moment of every day.

If you are happy, if you live each moment for everything it’s worth, then you are an intelligent person. Problem solving is a useful help to your happiness, but if you know that given your inability to resolve a particular concern you can still choose happiness for yourself, or at a minimum refuse to choose unhappiness, then you are intelligent. You are intelligent because you have the ultimate weapon against the big N. B. D—Nervous Break Down.

“Intelligent” people do not have N. B. D.’s because they are in charge of themselves. They know how to choose happiness over depression, because they know how to deal with the problems of their lives. You can begin to think of yourself as truly intelligent on the basis of how you choose to feel in the face of trying circumstances. The life struggles are pretty much the same for each of us. Everyone who is involved with other human beings in any social context has similar difficulties. Disagreements, conflicts and compromises are a part of what it means to be human. Similarly, money, growing old, sickness, deaths, natural disasters and accidents are all events which present problems to virtually all human beings. But some people are able to make it, to avoid immobilizing depression and unhappiness despite such occurrences, while others collapse or have an N. B. D. Those who recognize problems as a human condition and don’t measure happiness by an absence of problems are the most intelligent kind of humans we know; also, the most rare.

26. According to the author, the conventional notion of intelligence measured in terms of one’s ability to read, write and compute _____________.

A) is a widely held but wrong concept

B) will help eliminate intellectual prejudice

C) is the root of all mental distress

D) will contribute to one’s self-fulfillment

27. It is implied in the passage that holding a university degree _____________.

A) may result in one’s inability to solve complex real-life problems

B) does not indicate one’s ability to write properly worded documents

C) may make one mentally sick and physically weak

D) does not mean that one is highly intelligent

28. The author thinks that an intelligent person knows _____________.

A) how to put up with some very prevalent myths

B) how to find the best way to achieve success in life

C) how to avoid depression and make his life worthwhile

D) how to persuade others to compromise

29. In the last paragraph, the author tells us that _____________.

A) difficulties are but part of everyone’s life

B) depression and unhappiness are unavoidable in life

C) everybody should learn to avoid trying circumstances

D) good feelings can contribute to eventual academic excellence

30. According to the passage, what kind of people are rare?

A) Those who don’t emphasize bookish excellence in their pursuit of happiness.

B) Those who are aware of difficulties in life but know how to avoid unhappiness.

C) Those who measure happiness by an absence of problems but seldom suffer form N. B. D.’s.

D) Those who are able to secure happiness though having to struggle against trying circumstances.

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

31. Starting with the ______________ that there is life on the planet Mars, the scientist went on to develop his argument.

A) premise B) pretext

C) foundation D) presentation

32. After several nuclear disasters, a __________ has raged over the safety of nuclear energy.

A) quarrel B) suspicion

C) verdict D) controversy

33. Their diplomatic principles completely laid bare their ____________ for world conquest.

A) admiration B) ambition

C) administration D) orientation

34. The director gave me his ___________ that he would double my pay if I did my job well.

A) warrant B) obligation

C) assurance D) certainty

35. The Christmas tree was decorated with shining _____________ such as colored lights and glass balls.

A) ornaments B) luxuries

C) exhibits D) complements

36. The two most important ______________ in making a cake are flour and sugar.

A) elements B) components

C) ingredients D) constituents

37. Cultural _______________ indicates that human beings hand their languages down form one generation to another.

A) translation B) transition

C) transmission D) transaction

38. We must look beyond ___________ and assumptions and try to discover what is missing.

A) justifications B) illusions

C) manifestations D) specifications

39. No one imagined that the apparently _____________ businessman was really a criminal.

A) respective B) respectable

C) respectful D) realistic

40. If nothing is done to protect the environment, millions of species that are alive today will have become _______________.

A) deteriorated B) degenerated

C) suppressed D) extinct

41. The _________of the scientific attitude is that the human mind can succeed in understanding the universe.

A) essence B) content

C) texture D) threshold

42. The old lady has developed a ______________ cough which cannot be cured completely in a short time.

A) perpetual B) permanent

C) chronic D) sustained

43. What the correspondent sent us is an _____________ news report. We can depend on it.

A) evident B) authentic

C) ultimate D) immediate

44. Having had her as a professor and adviser, I can tell you that she is an __________ force who pushes her students to excel far beyond their own expectations.

A) inspirational B) educational

C) excessive D) instantaneous

45. Some researchers feel that certain people have nervous systems particularly ___________ to hot, dry winds. They are what we call weather-sensitive people.

A) subjective B) subordinate

C) liable D) vulnerable

46. Hurricanes are killer winds, and their ____________ power lies in the physical damage they can do.

A) cumulative B) destructive

C) turbulent D) prevalent

47. In some countries, students are expected to be quiet and ___________ in the classroom.

A) skeptical B) faithful

C) obedient D) subsidiary

48. In spite of the ___________ economic forecasts, manufacturing output has risen slightly.

A) gloomy B) miserable

C) shadowy D) obscure

49. Body paint or face paint is used mostly by men in pre-literate societies in order to attract good health or to ___________ disease.

A) set aside B) ward off

C) shrug off D) give away

50. The international situation has been growing __________ difficult for the last few years.

A) invariably B) presumably

C) increasingly D) dominantly

51. The prisoner was ________________ of his civil liberty for three years.

A) discharged B) derived

C) deprived D) dispatched

52. Small farms and the lack of modern technology have __________ agricultural production.

A) blundered B) tangled

C) bewildered D) hampered

53. The Japanese scientists have found that scents ______________ efficiency and reduce stress among office workers.

A) enhance B) amplify

C) foster D) magnify

54. All the students have to _____________ to the rules and regulations of the school.

A) confirm B) confront

C) confine D) conform

55. He ____________ his head, wondering how to solve the problem.

A) scrapped B) screwed

C) scraped D) scratched

56. As soon as the boy was able to earn his own living he _________ his parents’ strict rules.

A) defied B) refuted

C) excluded D) vetoed

57. The helicopter _____________ a light plane and both pilots were killed.

A) coincided with B) stumbled on

C) tumbled to D) collided with

58. To ______________ is to save and protect, to leave what we ourselves enjoy in such good condition that others may also share the enjoyment.

A) conserve B) conceive

C) convert D) contrive

59. Put on dark glasses or the sun will _____________ you and you won’t be able to see.

A) discern B) distort

C) distract D) dazzle

60. In __________ times human beings did not travel for pleasure but to find a more favorable climate.

A) prime B) primitive

C) primary D) preliminary

Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)

In the United States, the first day nursery was opened in 1854. Nurseries were established in various areas during the ___61__ half of the 19th century; most of ___62___ were charitable. Both in Europe and in the U.S. the day-nursery movement received great ___63___ during the First World War, when ___64___ of manpower caused the industrial employment of unprecedented（前所未有）numbers of women. In some European countries nurseries were establishes ___65___ in munitions（军火）plants, under direct government sponsorship. ___66___ the number of nurseries in the U.S. also rose ___67___, this rise was accomplished without government aid of any kind. During the years following the First World War, ___68___, Federal, State, and local governments gradually began to exercise a measure of control ___69___ the day nurseries, chiefly by ___70___ them and by inspecting and regulating the conditions within the nurseries.

The ___71___ of the Second World War was quickly followed by an increase in the number of day nurseries in almost all countries, as women were ___72___ called upon to replace men in the factories. On this ___73___ the U.S. government immediately came to the support of the nursery schools. ___74___ $6,000,000 in July, 1942, for a nursery-school program for the children of working mothers. Many States and local communities ___75___ this Federal aid. By the end of the war, in August, 1945, more than 100,000 children were being cared ___76___ in day-care centers receiving Federal ___77___. Soon afterward, the Federal government ___78___ cut down its expenditures for this purpose and later ___79___ them, causing a sharp drop in the number of nursery schools in operation. However, the expectation that most employed mothers would leave their ___80___ at the end of the war was only partly fulfilled.

61. A) latter B) late C) other D) first

62. A) those B) them C) whose D) whom

63. A) impetus B) input C) imitation D) initiative

64. A) sources B) abundance C) shortage D) reduction

65. A) hardly B) entirely C) only D) even

66. A) Because B) As C) Since D) Although

67. A) unanimously B) sharply C) predominantly D) militantly

68. A) therefore B) consequently C) however D) moreover

69. A) over B) in C) at D) about

70. A) formulating B) labeling C) patenting D) licensing

71. A) outset B) outbreak C) breakthrough D) breakdown

72. A) again B) thus C) repeatedly D) yet

73. A) circumstance B) occasion C) case D) situation

74. A) regulating B) summoning C) allocating D) transferring

75. A) expanded B) facilitated C) supplemented D) compensated

76. A) by B) after C) of D) for

77. A) pensions B) subsidies C) revenues D) budgets

78. A) prevalently B) furiously C) statistically D) drastically

79. A) abolished B) diminished C) jeopardized D) precluded

80. A) nurseries B) homes C) jobs D) children

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How to Succeed in a Job Interview? You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below:

1. 面试在求职过程中的作用。

2. 取得面试成功的因素：仪表、举止谈吐、能力、专业知识、自信、实事求是……

How to Succeed in a Job Interview?

2001.1

Part I Listening Comprehension

Section A

l-10 A C C D A A B C D D

Section B

S1 over S2 constantly S3 mechanism

S4 maintain S5 overall S6 normal S7 increase

S8 This can be influenced by a variety of factors，including how much you weigh and how that weight is distributed.

S9 Similarly findings have also been reported at high school level，mainly with female students.

S10 The primary cause of this concern is the value that American society is ingeneral asociety to physical appearance.

PartⅡ Reading Comprehension

11. 正确答案为C)。根据文章第1、3-6段可知，对鸟类睡眠的最新研究表明，它们能够有意识地控制自己的半脑睡眠。这几段举例说明了对这个问题实验的情况。选项A)、B)、D)虽在文章第2 段中也提到了，但那是文献记载的以前研究的情况(Earlier studies have documented...)故均不是正确答案。

12. 正确答案为A)。根据文章第6段The results provide the best evidence for along standing supposition that singlehemisphere sleep evolved as creatures scanned for enemies.(这些研究结果为一个长久以来的假设提供了最好的证据，即单侧脑睡眠是在生物警惕敌人过程中进化形成的。)

13. 正确答案为C)。根据文章第6段内容：鸟类单侧脑睡眠是在警惕敌人过程中进化而来，此结论还可推而广之。在需要警惕的一侧，鸟儿喜欢睁着一只眼睛……，一对动物园里的鸟儿挨着打瞌睡时是如此，宠物鸟靠镜子一侧的眼睛闭着，好象镜子中的影子是一个伙伴，而另一只眼睛却睁着，也说明这种情况。所以选项C)是答案。

14. 正确答案为B)。根据文章第7段第2句Perhaps keeping one side of the brain awake allows a sleeping animal to surface occasionally to avoid drowning.(也许，保持一侧脑醒着可以使睡眠中的动物不时浮出水面而刁；淹死。)所以B)emerge from water now and then to breathe(不时浮出水面来呼吸)是正确答案。

15. 正确答案为D)。根据文章最后的一段，也就是含有这个短语的上下文。Studies of birds may offer unique insights into sleep...He (Siegel)speculates that more examples may turn up when we take closer look at other species.(对鸟类的研究可能提供对睡眠的独特认识。……他推测当我们对其他物种仔细观察时，就会发现更多的例证。)因此选项D)所说"半侧脑睡眠这种现象可能存在于其他物种"正是"just the tip of iceberg"所表达的意思。

16. 正确答案为C)。根据第2段The claims are taken seriously enough that TT therapists are frequently hired by leading hospitals.(这种宣扬很受重视，以致TT行医者经常受雇于大的医院……)选项A)文章中没有提及，选项B)叙述不准确，文中只是说，据称这种方法能使人病情好转，甚至说有的能治疗各种疾病"。选项D)与文章内容不符，文章说，川万受过培训的TT行医者甚至不接触病人身体……。故A)，B)，D) 均不是答案。

17. 正确答案为C)。根据文章第3段第2句：为了提供这样一个证明(证明人有"能场'')，TT行医者不得不坐下接受独立的测试--这是他们一直都不愿意做的事情，即使詹姆斯·兰迪为能演示人存在"能场"的人提供一百多万美元的奖金。(To provide such proof, TT therapists would have to sit down for independent testingsomething they haven'tbeen eager to do, even though James Landi has offered more than $ 1 million to anyone who can demonstrate the existence of a human energy field.)

18. 正确答案为D)。根据文章第1段我们知道，TT行医者所宣扬的就是通过调节病人?quot;能场"来治病（whose advocates manipulate patient's "energy field" to make them feel better and even, say some, to cure them of various ills）。在第2段中，又提到"运用这种手法可以推动能场转动直到平衡(…pushing energy fieds around until they're in "balance")"而爱米丽·瑞莎的实验就是证明是否能场真的存在。特别文章最后一句If there was an energy field, they couldn't feel it.(如果有一个能场的话，他们也感觉不到。)选项C)说是测试她能否感觉到能场，如果是这样的话，前提是存在一个能场，这当然是错误的。A)，B)两个选项也是错误的。

19. 正确答案为D)。根据文章第3段从第2句到段末这部分：A skeptic might conclude that TT practitioners are afraid to lay their beliefs on the line. But who would turn down an innocent, fourthgrader?Says Emily:"I think they didn't take me very seriously because I'm a kid".(怀疑的人或许会因为TT行医者害怕使他们自己处于被揭露的危险中，但谁能拒绝一个天真的四年级的小学生呢?爱米丽说，"我想他们不会太把我当回事，因为我是个小孩子。)

20. 正确答案为A)。此题要求概括主题。文章第1句就是主题句：A nineyearold schoolgir

l singlehandly cooks up a sciencefair experiment the ends up debunking a wide

ly practiced medical treatment. (一个9岁的小女孩独自设计了一个公开的科学实验，结果揭穿了一种广为流行的医疗方法的真相。)

21. 正确答案为A)。根据第1段第2，3句：The answer depends on what kind of system is ultimately adopted. Two distinct types are on the drawing board. (答案取决于最后采用哪一种系统，两种不同的类型都在绘图板上。)回答此问题的关键是要知道drawingboard的意思。所以选项A) are being planned是正确答案。

22. 正确答案为B)。根据第1段最后一句：A specialpurpose lane system would require more extensive physical modifications to existing highways,but it promises the greatest gains in freeway capacity (特别目的车道系统要求对现有的高速公路进行更广泛的改造，但它会使高速公路获得最大的能力。)

23. 正确答案为C)。根据第2段第1句：Under either scheme, the driver would specify the desired destination, furnishing this information to a computer in the car at the beginning of the trip or perhaps just before reaching the automated highway.(不论采用那种设计，司机都需要在其开始行驶时或在到达自动化高速公路前确定要去的目的地，把这个信息输入车上的计算机。)故C)是正确答案。选项B)与文章内容相悖，因为原文第2段第2句是on suitably equipped roads而不是existing traffic。选项D)提到的情况只适用于第2种设计方案，即混合式交通系统。故A)，B)，D)均不是答案。

24. 正确答案为B)。根据文章第2段第3，4，5句：如果使用特殊目的的车道……一种方法是使

用特殊的人口引道。当司机接近高速公路人口处时，安装在道边的电子装置会检测车辆的目的地并搞清是否有能工作的自动化装置。(If specialpurpose lanes were available,…One method would use a special onramp. As drivers approached the point of entry for the highway, devices installed on the roadside would electronically check the vehicle to determine its destination and to ascertain that it had the proper automation equipment in good working order.)

25. 正确答案为D)。根据第3段的最后一句：And once a vehicle had settled into automated travel, the driver would be free to release the wheel, open the morning paperor just relax. (一旦车辆进入自动行驶状态，司机就可以放开方向盘，打开晨报或者只是休息。)

26. 正确答案为A)。这是一篇新老观点对应性文章。老观点也就是平常的大家普遍接受的观点：聪明指的是受到正规教育，成绩优秀，并以此作为自我完善的手段。新观点强调心理健康，否定老观点，所以A)是答案。

27. 正确答案为D)。通读全文我们知道，作者认为真正能体现聪明的是能否过一种有意义；愉快的生活，每天，每时都是这样。而获得大学学位的人未必能做到。所以选项D)与作者的这种观点相符，是正确答案。选项C)有一定的干扰性，虽然作者说神经病医院里满是持有各种证书的病人。但这并不是说持有大学学位可能使一个人神经得病或身体虚弱。

28. 正确答案为C)。选项A)与文章内容相悖，文章说要摒弃某些很流行的说法(putting rest some very prevalent myths)，而不是要忍耐这些说法。选项B)和选项D)的内容在文章中均未提到，故只有选项C)是正确答案。另外，也可以根据第2段第1句来推断：If you are happy, if you live each moment for everything it's worth, then you are an intelligent person. (如果你感到愉快，如果你为所有值得的事物活每一时刻，你就是一个聪明的人。) '

29. 正确答案为A)。根据第4段第2，3，4句的内容：在任何社会环境中与别人交往，每个人都有相的困难。意见不合，冲突和妥协是作为人的一部分存在的。(Everyone who is involved with other human in any social context has similar difficulties. Disagreements, conflicts and compromises are a part of what it means to be human.)选项A)与之相符，是正确答案。选项B)干扰性较大，这与原文不符。原文说But some people are able to make it, to avoid immobilizing depression and unhappiness despite such occurrences.(但有些人能克服，尽管有这些事情发生，他们能避免陷入沮丧和不愉快中不能自拔。)这意味着生活中的沮丧和不愉快是可以避免的。

30. 正确答案为B)。根据第4段最后一句：Those who recognize problems as a human condition and don't measure happiness by an absence of problems are the most intelligent kind of human we know,also the most rare. (那些认识到困难是人生必然存在的事物，不以有没有困难来衡量愉快，是我们所知最聪明的一类人，也是很罕见的人。)

Part Ⅲ Vocabulary

31. 答案为A)。premise意为"前提"。句意为：以火星有生命这一前提开始，那位科学家继续深入他的论证。其他三个选项的意思是：B)pretext借口；C)foundation基础；D)presentation陈述。

32. 答案为D)。controversy意为"争论"，句意为：几起核灾难之后，关于核能安全的问题引起了激烈的争论。其他三个选项的意思是：A) quarrel争吵，吵架；B)suspicion猜疑，怀疑；C)verdict判决，结论。

33. 答案为B)。ambition意为"野心"，句意为：他们的外交原则彻底将他们要征服世界的野心暴露无疑。其他三个名词的意思是：A) admiration赞美；C)administration行政，管理；D)orientation方向，方位。

34. 答案为C)。assurance意为"保证，担保"，句意为：主任向我保证，如果我把工作做好，他会给我双倍的工资。其他三个名词的意思是：A) warrant作名词意为"证明，凭证"，作动词有"保证，担保"的意思。此处应为名词，意思不适合本句。B)obligation义务，D) certainty肯定。

35. 答案为A)。 ornaments意为"装饰物"，句意为：圣诞树用彩灯和玻璃球之类的装饰物修饰了起来。B)luxuries奢侈品；C)exhibits展览品；D)complements补充物。

36. 答案为C)。ingredients意为"(混合物中之)成分"，句意为：做蛋糕的最主要的成分是面粉和糖。其他三个名词的意思是：A)elements元素，要素；B)components(构成整体的)部件，D constituents要素。

37. 答案为C)。这是四个都含有前缀trans的名词的辨析。A)translation翻译；B)transition转换；C) transmission传播；D)transaction交易。C)符合题意要求，句意为：文化传播表明人类把他们的语言从上一代传给下一代。

38. 答案为B)。illusion意为"幻想"，句意为：我们必须摒弃幻想和假设来看问题，设法搞清丢失了什么。其他三个名词的意思是：A) justification理由，辩护；C)manifestation展示，证明；D)specifieation评述，规范。

39. 答案为B)。选项中三个形容词都有同一根词respect，特别注意它们意义的差别。A)respective分别的，各自的；B)respectable可敬的，值得尊敬的C) respectful尊重人的，有礼貌的；D)realistic现实(主义)的。选项B)符合题意，是正确答案。句意为：没有人会想象到，那个外表可敬的商人实际上是个罪犯。

40. 答案为D)。选项中四个形容词，有三个是由动词的过去分词转化而来。其意义分别是：A)de

teriorated退化的，恶化的；B)degenerated堕落的C)suppressed压抑的；D)extinct灭绝的。D)extinct 符合题意要求，是正确答案。句意为：如果不采取措施保护环境，数以百万计现在活着的物种就会灭绝。

41. 答案为A)。essence意为"本质，精髓"，句意为：科学态度的本质是人类的意识能成功地

理解宇宙。其他三个名词的意义是：B)content内容；C)texture结构，D)threshold入口，门槛。

42. 答案为C)。chronic意为"慢性的"：句意为这位老太太患有慢性咳嗽，短期内不能彻底治愈。其他三个形容词的意思是：A)perpetual永久的，持久的；B)permant'长期的，长久的；D)sustained持续不变的。

43. 答案为B)。authentic意为"真实的，可靠的"，句意为：通讯员发给我们的是一件真实的新闻报道，我们可以相信它。其他三个形容词的意思是：A) evident明显的；C)ultimate最后的，最终的；D)immidiate紧急的，立即的。

44. 答案为A)。inspirational意为"有鼓舞力的，给予灵感的"，句意为：已经聘她作教授兼顾问，我可以告诉你，她是一种鼓舞力量，促使她的学生成绩大大优于他们自己的期望。其它三个形容词的意思是：B)educational教育的；C)excessive过分的；D) instantaneous即刻的，瞬间的。

45. 答案为D)。vulnerable意为"易受攻击的，敏感的"，句意为，有些研究者感到某些人的神

经系统对热风和干风很敏感。他们就是我们所称的天气敏感者。其它三个形容词的意思是：A)subjective主观的；B)subordinate次要的，附属的；C)liable有……倾向的。

46. 答案为B)。destructive意为"破坏性的"，句意为：飓风是造成灾难的风，其破坏性在于能造成物质的损坏。其它三个形容词的意思是：A) cumulative累积的；C)turbulent狂暴的，动乱的；D)prevalent流行的。

47. 答案为C)。obedient的意思是"顺从的，规矩的"，句意为：在一些国家，要求学生在教室要保持安静并循规蹈矩。另外三个形容词的意义为：A) skeptical怀疑的；B)faithful忠诚的；D)subsidiary辅助的。

48. 答案为A)。gloomy的意思为"令人沮丧的"，句意为：尽管经济预测令人沮丧，但制造业的产量却稍有增加。其它三个形容词的意思是：B) miserable悲惨的；C)shadowy有阴影的；D)obscure模糊的，暗的。

49. 答案为B)。本题要求辨析四个动词短语。A)set aside不顾，置于一旁；B)ward off避开；C) shrug off不理，一笑置之；D)give away赠予，发出。选项B)符合句意要求，是正确答案。句意为：文身或文面多为尚无文字社会的人用来追求身体健康或避免疾病。

50. 答案为C)。increasingly意为"越来越…，日益"，句意为：在过去几年里，国际形势变得越来越困难。其它三个副词的意思是：A)invariably不变的，总是；B)presumably推测地，大概；D) dominantly起支配作用地。

51. 答案为C)。deprived意为"剥夺"，常与of搭配，句意为：囚犯被剥夺三年的公民自由权。A)discharged意为"指控"，常与with搭配，discharge…with意思是"指控某人犯……罪"，B)derive意为"来自，起源"常与from搭配；D)dispatch意为"派遣 "。

52. 答案为D)。hamper意为"阻碍，束缚"，句意为：小农场以及缺乏现代技术束缚了农业的生产。其它三个动词的意义是：A) blundered盲动，脱口而出；B)tangled纠缠；C)bewildered迷惑。

53. 答案为A)。四个动词的意思分别是：A)enhance增强，提高；B)amplify放大，增强；C)foster

鼓励；D)magnify放大，扩大。根据原题，A)enhance符合题意是答案。句意为：日本科学家发现，香味能提高办公室人员的效率，并能减轻紧张情绪。

54. 答案为D)。这是四个形似但意义各不相同的动词。A)confirm证实，确认；B)confront面对，遭遇；C)confine限制，禁闭；D) conform遵守，服从，常与介词to搭配。D)conform不但在意义上，结构也符合原题，是正确答案。句意为：所有学生都得遵守学校的规章制度。

55. 答案为D)。scratch意为"抓，挠"，句意为：他挠一挠头，考虑如何解决这个问题。其它三个动词的意思分别是：A)scrapped废弃；B)screwed拧；C)scraped刮，擦。

56. 答案为A)。defied意为"藐视，公然对抗"，句意为：男孩子刚能够自己谋生，就公然对抗父母的严厉规矩。另外三个动词的意义是：B)refuted反驳，驳斥；C)excluded排斥，D)vetoed否决。

57. 答案为D)。本题是动词短语辨析。四个动词短语的意义分别是：A)coincided with与......巧合；B)stumbled on偶尔遇到；C)tumbled to恍然大悟；D)collided with与…碰撞。选项D)符合题意，是正确答案。句意为：那架直升飞机与一架轻型飞机相撞，两个飞行员都遇难了。

58. 答案为A)。选项中四个动词的意义分别是：A)conserve保藏，保存；B)conceive想象，持有

；C) convert转换；D)contrive发明，设计。根据原题意，A)conscrve是答案。句意为：保存就是留下来并保护起来，使我们自己享用的东西保持完好，让别人也可分享。

59. 答案为D)。 dazzle意为"使人眩晕，眼花"，句意为：戴上墨镜，不然太阳会使你眼花，看不见东西。其它三个动词的意思是：A)discern辨认，识别；B) distort扭曲，歪曲；C)distract分散，分心。

60. 答案为B)primitive意为"原始的"，句意为：在原始时代，人类旅行不是为了找乐趣，而是寻找更有利的气候。其它三个形容词的意思是，A) prime首要的；C)primary最初的；D)preliminary开端的，最初的。

PartⅣ Cloze

61. 正确答案为B)。第一家日托所建于1854年，在各地区建立当然是在19世纪的后半期。

62. 正确答案为B)。most of后面要用人称代词。

63. 正确答案为A)。根据句意"第一次世界大战对建立日托所的运动是个促进"。

64. 正确答案为C)。根据句意"当时劳动力短缺使得……"。

65. 正确答案为D)。说明托儿所建立的多而广，"甚至"建在军火工厂里。

66. 正确答案为D)。分析全句，这是一个让步状语从句，故应用连词although。

67. 正确答案为B)。修饰动词rose的副词，四个选项中只有sharply(急剧地)合适。

68. 正确答案为C)。本句的语气上是转折的，要选副词however。

69. 正确答案为B)。"在幼儿园里"介词应该用in。

70. 正确答案为A)。根据句意"通过规范(formulate)和……来管理"。选A)。

71. 正确答案为B)。根据句意"第二次世界大战的爆发"应是"The outbreak of the Second World War"。

72. 正确答案为A)。与第一次世界大战的情况相呼应，所以要填A)"再次"。

73. 正确答案为B)。选项中的四个名词，只有occasion可以与介词on搭配，其意义也与句意相吻合.

74. 正确答案为C)。根据句意"这时,美国政府立即支持保育员学校,1942年7月拨款600万美元……

75. 正确答案为C)。根据句意"许多州和地方社区对这笔联邦政府资助进行补充。

76. 正确答案为D)。动词care要与介词for搭配，表示"照料"的意思。

77. 正确答案为B)。根据句意"在接受联邦津贴的日托中心里"。

78. 正确答案为D)。根据句意"大幅度地削减这笔费用"，只有副词drastically是正确的。

79. 正确答案为A)。与前一句相呼应，前面说"大幅度地削减"，后来，自然是"废止(abolished)"。

80. 正确答案为C)。根据句意"期望战后大多数所雇佣的有小孩的妇女离开她们的工作……"。

2000年6月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:05:00.001+08:00

2000年6月试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)

Section A

Example: You will hear:

You will read:

A) 2 hours.

B) 3 hours.

C) 4 hours.

D) 5 hours.

Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] ~~[D]~~

1. A) Buy some traveller’s checks.

B) Borrow some money from a friend.

C) Check the brakes and tires.

D) Spend some time travelling.

2. A) He is very forgiving and tolerant.

B) He probably has a poor memory.

C) He is well liked by his customers.

D) He has been introduced to the staff.

3. A) He thinks the book should include more information.

B) He doesn’t think it necessary to provide the answers.

C) The answers will be added in a later edition.

D) The book does include the answers.

4. A) Announce appeals for public service.

B) Hold a charity concert to raise money.

C) Ask the school radio station for help.

D) Pool money to fund the radio station.

5. A) She talked with the consultant about the new program until two.

B) She wouldn’t talk to the consultant before two.

C) She would talk to the consultant during lunch.

D) She couldn’t contact the consultant’s secretary.

6. A) They are equally competent for the job.

B) They both graduated from art schools.

C) They majored in different areas of art.

D) They are both willing to draw the posters.

7. A) At a book store.

B) At an art museum.

C) At a newspaper office.

D) At a gymnasium.

8. A) The woman received a phone call from Mark yesterday.

B) The man injured Mark in a traffic accident yesterday.

C) The man met a friend by chance.

D) The woman contracted Mark on business.

9. A) The man should stay up and watch the program.

B) The man should read something exciting instead.

C) The man should go to bed at eleven.

D) The man should give up watching the movie.

10. A) Students with a library card can check any book out.

B) Reference books are not allowed to be checked out.

C) Only students with a library card can check out reference books.

D) The number of books a student can check out is unlimited.

Section B

Passage one

Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

11. A) To find out whether they take music lessons in their space time.

B) To find out whether they can name four different musical instruments.

C) To find out whether they enjoy playing musical instruments in school.

D) To find out whether they differ in their preference for musical instruments.

12. A) They find them too hard to play.

B) They think it silly to play them.

C) They find it not challenging enough to play them.

D) They consider it important to be different from girls.

13. A) Children who have private music tutors.

B) Children who are 8 or older.

C) Children who are between 5 and 7.

D) Children who are well-educated.

Passage Two

Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard.

14. A) Because there weren’t any professional teams in the U.S. then.

B) Because Pele hadn’t retired from the Brazilian National Team yet.

C) Because this fast-moving sport wasn’t familiar to many Americans.

D) Because good professional players received low salaries.

15. A) When it has a large number of fans.

B) When it plays at home.

C) When it has many international stars playing for it.

D) When the fans cheer enthusiastically for it.

16. A) It wasn’t among the top four teams.

B) It didn’t play as well as expected.

C) It won the World Cup.

D) It placed fourth.

Passage Three

Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

17. A) Students from America.

B) Students from England.

C) Students from Australia.

D) Students from Japan.

18. A) Those who know how to program computers.

B) Those who get special aid from their teachers.

C) Those who are very hardworking.

D) Those who have well-educated parents.

19. A) Japanese students study much harder than Columbian students.

B) Columbian students score higher than Japanese students in maths.

C) Columbian students are more optimistic about their maths skills.

D) Japanese students have better conditions for study.

20. A) Physics.

B) Mathematics.

C) Environmental science.

D) Life science.

Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)

Passage One

Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:

In the 1920s demand for American farm products fell, as European countries began to recover from World War I and instituted austerity（紧缩）programs to reduce their imports. The result was a sharp drop in farm prices. This period was more disastrous for farmers than earlier times had been, because farmers were no longer self-sufficient. They were paying for machinery, seed, and fertilizer, and they were also buying consumer goods. The prices of the items farmers bought remained constant, while prices they received for their products fell. These developments were made worse by the Great Depression, which began in 1929 and extended throughout the 1930s

In 1929, under President Herbert Hoover, the Federal Farm Board was organized. It established the principle of direct interference with supply and demand, and it represented the first national commitment to provide greater economic stability for farmers.

President Hoover’s successor attached even more importance to this problem. One of the first measures proposed by President Franklin D. Roosevelt when he took office in 1933 was the Agricultural Adjustment Act, which was subsequently passed by Congress. This law was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court on the grounds that general taxes were being collected to pay one special group of people. However, new laws were passed immediately that achieved the same result of resting soil and providing flood-control measures, but which were based on the principle of soil conservation. The Roosevelt Administration believed that rebuilding the nation’s soil was in the national interest and was not simply a plan to help farmers at the expense of other citizens. Later the government guaranteed loans to farmers so that they could buy farm machinery, hybrid（杂交）grain, and fertilizers.

21. What brought about the decline in the demand for American farm products?

A) The impact of the Great Depression.

B) The shrinking of overseas markets.

C) The destruction caused by the First World War.

D) The increased exports of European countries.

22. The chief concern of the American government in the area of agriculture in the 1920s was ____________________.

A) to increase farm production

B) to establish agricultural laws

C) to prevent farmers from going bankrupt

D) to promote the mechanization of agriculture

23. The Agricultural Adjustment Act encouraged American farmers to __________.

A) reduce their scale of production

B) make full use of their land

C) adjust the prices of their farm products

D) be self-sufficient in agricultural production

24. The Supreme Court rejected the Agricultural Adjustment Act because it believed that the Act ______________.

A) might cause greater scarcity of farm products

B) didn’t give the Secretary of Agriculture enough power

C) would benefit neither the government nor the farmers

D) benefited one group of citizens at the expense of others

25. It was claimed that the new laws passed during the Roosevelt Administration were aimed at _______________.

A) reducing the cost of farming

B) conserving soil in the long-term interest of the nation

C) lowering the burden of farmers

D) helping farmers without shifting the burden onto other taxpayers

Passage Two

Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

In the 1950s, the pioneers of artificial intelligence (AI) predicted that, by the end of this century, computers would be conversing with us at work and robots would be performing our housework. But as useful as computers are, they’re nowhere close to achieving anything remotely resembling these early aspirations for humanlike behavior. Never mind something as complex as conversation: the most powerful computers struggle to reliably recognize the shape of an object, the most elementary of tasks for a ten-month-old kid.

A growing group of AI researchers think they know where the field went wrong. The problem, the scientists say, is that AI has been trying to separate the highest, most abstract levels of thought, like language and mathematics, and to duplicate them with logical, step-by-step programs. A new movement in AI, on the other hand, takes a closer look at the more roundabout way in which nature came up with intelligence. Many of these researchers study evolution and natural adaptation instead of formal logic and conventional computer programs. Rather than digital computers and transistors, some want to work with brain cells and proteins. The results of these early efforts are as promising as they are peculiar, and the new nature-based AI movement is slowly but surely moving to the forefront of the field.

Imitating the brain’s neural（神经的）network is a huge step in the right direction, says computer scientist and biophysicist Michael Conrad, but it still misses an important aspect of natural intelligence. “People tend to treat the brain as if it were made up of color-coded transistors,” he explains, “but it’s not simply a clever network of switches. There are lots of important things going on inside the brain cells themselves.” Specifically, Conrad believes that many of the brain’s capabilities stem from the pattern-recognition proficiency of the individual molecules that make up each brain cell. The best way to build an artificially intelligent device, he claims, would be to build it around the same sort of molecular skills.

Right now, the notion that conventional computers and software are fundamentally incapable of matching the processes that take place in the brain remains controversial. But if it proves true, then the efforts of Conrad and his fellow AI rebels could turn out to be the only game in town.

26. The author says that the powerful computers of today _______________.

A) are capable of reliably recognizing the shape of an object

B) are close to exhibiting humanlike behavior

C) are not very different in their performance from those of the 50’s

D) still cannot communicate with people in a human language

27. The new trend in artificial intelligence research stems from ____________.

A) the shift of the focus of study on to the recognition of the shapes of objects

B) the belief that human intelligence cannot be duplicated with logical, step-by-step programs

C) the aspirations of scientists to duplicate the intelligence of a ten-month-old child

D) the efforts made by scientists in the study of the similarities between transistors and brain cells

28. Conrad and his group of AI researchers have been making enormous efforts to _______.

A) find a roundabout way to design powerful computers

B) build a computer using a clever network of switches

C) find out how intelligence developed in nature

D) separate the highest and most abstract levels of thought

29. What’s the author’s opinion about the new AI movement?

A) It has created a sensation among artificial intelligence researchers but will soon die out.

B) It’s breakthrough in duplicating human thought processes.

C) It’s more like a peculiar game rather than a real scientific effort.

D) It may prove to be in the right direction though nobody is sure of its future prospects.

30. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the phrase “the only game in town” (Line 3, Para.4)?

A) The only approach to building an artificially intelligent computer.

B) The only way for them to win a prize in artificial intelligence research.

C) The only area worth studying in computer science.

D) The only game they would like to play in town.

Passage Three

Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

Cars account for half the oil consumed in the U.S., about half the urban pollution and one fourth the greenhouse（温室）gases. They take a similar toll of（损耗）resources in other industrial nations and in the cities of the developing world. As vehicle use continues to increase in the coming decade, the U.S. and other countries will have to deal with these issues or else face unacceptable economic, health-related and political costs. It is unlikely that oil prices will remain at their current low level or that other nations will accept a large and growing U.S. contribution to global climatic change.

Policymakers and industry have four options: reduce vehicle use, increase the efficiency and reduce the emissions of conventional gasoline-powered vehicles, switch to less harmful fuels, or find less polluting driving systems. The last of these-in particular the introduction of vehicles powered by electricity—is ultimately the only sustainable option. The other alternatives are attractive in theory but in practice are either impractical or offer only marginal improvements. For example, reduced vehicle use could solve traffic problems and a host of social and environmental problems, but evidence from around the world suggests that it is very difficult to make people give up their cars to any significant extent. In the U.S., mass-transit tidership and carpooling（合伙用车）have declined since World War II. Even in western Europe, with fuel prices averaging more than $1 a liter (about $4 a gallon) and with easily accessible mass transit and dense populations, cars still account for 80 percent of all passenger travel.

Improved energy efficiency is also appealing, but automotive fuel economy has barely made any progress in 10 years. Alternative fuels such as natural gas, burned in internal-combustion engines, could be introduced at relatively low cost, but they would lead to only marginal reductions in pollution and greenhouse emissions (especially because oil companies are already spending billions of dollars every year to develop less polluting types of gasoline).

31. From the passage we know that the increased use of cars will ______________.

A) consume half of the oil produced in the world

B) have serious consequences for the well-being of all nations

C) widen the gap between the developed and developing countries

D) impose an intolerable economic burden on residents of large cities

32. The U.S. has to deal with the problems arising from vehicle use because __________.

A) most Americans are reluctant to switch to public transportation systems

B) the present level of oil prices is considered unacceptable

C) other countries will protest its increasing greenhouse emissions

D) it should take a lead in conserving natural resources

33. Which of the following is the best solution to the problems mentioned in the passage?

A) The designing of highly efficient car engines.

B) A reduction of vehicle use in cities.

C) The development of electric cars.

D) The use of less polluting fuels.

34. Which of the following is practical but only makes a marginal contribution to solving the problem of greenhouse emissions?

A) The use of fuels other than gasoline.

B) Improved energy efficiency.

C) The introduction of less polluting driving systems.

D) Reducing car use by carpooling.

35. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

A) The decline of public transportation accounts for increased car use in western Europe.

B) Car are popular in western Europe even though fuel prices are fairly high.

C) The reduction of vehicle use is the only sustainable option in densely populated western Europe.

D) Western European oil companies cannot sustain the cost of developing new-type fuels.

Passage Four

Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:

Reebok executives do not like to hear their stylish athletic shoes called “footwear for yuppies（雅皮士，少壮高薪职业人士）”. They contend that Reebok shoes appeal to diverse market segments, especially now that the company offers basketball and children’s shoes for the under-18 set and walking shoes for older customers not interested in aerobics（健身操）or running. The executives also point out that through recent acquisitions they have added hiking boots, dress and casual shoes, and high-performance athletic footwear to their product lines, all of which should attract new and varied groups of customers.

Still, despite its emphasis on new markets, Reehok plans few changes in the upmakeret（高档消费人群的）retailing network that helped push sales to $1 billion annually, ahead of all other sports shoe marketers. Reebok shoes, which are priced form $27 to $85, will continue to be sold only in better specialty, sporting goods, and department stores, in accordance with the company’s view that consumers judge the quality of the brand by the quality of its distribution.

In the past few years, the Massachusetts-based company has imposed limits on the number of its distributors (and the number of shoes supplied to stores), partly out of necessity. At times the unexpected demand for Reebok’s exceeded supply, and the company could barely keep up with orders from the dealers it already had. These fulfillment problems seem to be under control now, but the company is still selective about its distributors. At present, Reebok shoes are available in about five thousand retail stores in the United States.

Reebok has already anticipated that walking shoes will be the next fitness-related craze, replacing aerobics shoes the same way its brightly colored, soft leather exercise footwear replaced conventional running shoes. Through product diversification and careful market research, Reebok hopes to avoid the distribution problems Nike came across several years ago, when Nike misjudged the strength of the aerobics shoe craze and was forced to unload huge inventories of running shoes through discount stores.

36. One reason why Reebok’s managerial personnel don’t like their shoes to be called “footwear for yuppies” is that _____________.

A) they believe that their shoes are popular with people of different age groups

B) new production lines have been added to produce inexpensive shoes

C) “yuppies” usually evokes a negative image

D) the term makes people think of prohibitive prices

37. Reekbok’s view that “consumers judge the quality of the brand by the quality of its distribution” (Line 5, Para.2) implies that ____________.

A) the quality of a brand is measured by the service quality of the store selling it

B) the quality of a product determines the quality of its distributors

C) the popularity of a brand is determined by the stores that sell it

D) consumers believe that first-rate products are only sold by high-quality stores

38. Reebok once had to limit the number of its distributors because ____________.

A) its supply of products fell short of demand

B) too many distributors would cut into its profits

C) the reduction of distributors could increase its share of the market

D) it wanted to enhance consumer confidence in its products

39. Although the Reebok Company has solved the problem of fulfilling its orders, it ______.

A) does not want to further expand its retailing network

B) still limits the number of shoes supplied to stores

C) is still particular about who sells its products

D) still carefully chooses the manufacturers of its products

40. What lesson has Reebok learned from Nike’s distribution problems?

A) A company should not sell its high quality shoes in discount stores.

B) A company should not limit its distribution network.

C) A company should do follow-up surveys of its products.

D) A company should correctly evaluate the impact of a new craze on the market.

Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)

41. For many patients, institutional care is the most __________ and beneficial form of care.

A) pertinent B) appropriate

C) acute D) persistent

42. Among all the changes resulting from the ___________ entry of women into the work force, the transformation that has occurred in the women themselves is not the least important.

A) massive B) quantitative

C) surplus D) formidable

43. Mr. Smith became very __________ when it was suggested that he had made a mistake.

A) ingenious B) empirical

C) objective D) indignant

44. Rumours are everywhere, spreading fear, damaging reputations, and turning calm situations into _____________ ones.

A) turbulent B) tragic

C) vulnerable D) suspicious

45. The ______________ cycle of life and death is a subject of interest to scientists and philosophers alike.

A) incompatible B) exceeding

C) instantaneous D) eternal

46. She remains confident and ____________ untroubled by our present problems.

A) indefinitely B) infinitely

C) optimistically D) seemingly

47. Fiber-optic cables can carry hundreds of telephone conversations ___________.

A) simultaneously B) spontaneously

C) homogeneously D) contemporarily

48. The police were alerted that the escaped criminal might be in the _____________.

A) vain B) vicinity

C) court D) jail

49. Whether you live to eat or eat to live, food is a major ________ in every family’s budget.

A) nutrition B) expenditure

C) routine D) provision

50. Now a paper in Science argues that organic chemicals in the rock come mostly from _______ on earth rather than bacteria on Mars.

A) configuration B) constitution

C) condemnation D) contamination

51. There is much I enjoy about the changing seasons, but my favorite time is the _________ from fall to winter.

A) transmission B) transformation

C) transition D) transfer

52. I think we need to see an investment __________ before we make an expensive mistake.

A) guide B) entrepreneur

C) consultant D) assessor

53. The ____________ on this apartment expires in a year’s time.

A) treaty B) lease

C) engagement D) subsidy

54. The elderly Russians find it hard to live on their state ___________.

A) pensions B) earnings

C) salaries D) donations

55. There is supposed to be a safety _______ which makes it impossible for trains to collide.

A) appliance B) accessory

C) machine D) mechanism

56. After four years in the same job his enthusiasm finally _____________.

A) deteriorated B) dispersed

C) dissipated D) drained

57. No one can function properly if they are ___________ of adequate sleep.

A) deprived B) ripped

C) stripped D) contrived

58. For years now, the people of industrialism, education has been ____________ towards producing workers.

A) depressed B) immersed

C) oppressed D) cursed

59. Ever since the rise of industrialism, education has been ______________ towards producing workers.

A) harnessed B) hatched

C) motivated D) geared

60. The prospect of increased prices has already ______________ worries.

A) provoked B) irritated

C) inspired D) hoisted

61. The suspect ________ that he had not been in the neighborhood at the time of the crime.

A) advocated B) alleged

C) addressed D) announced

62. Although the colonists ____________ to some extent with the native Americans, the Indians’ influence on American culture and language was not extensive.

A) migrated B) matched

C) mingled D) melted

63. E-mail is a convenient, highly democratic informal medium for conveying messages that ______________ well to human needs.

A) adheres B) reflects

C) conforms D) satisfies

64. The wings of the bird still _____________ after it had been shot down.

A) slapped B) scratched

C) flapped D) fluctuated

65. The disagreement over trade restrictions could seriously _________ relations between the two countries.

A) tumble B) jeopardize

C) manipulate D) intimidate

66. When you put up wallpaper, should you ______ the edges or put them next to each other?

A) coincide B) extend

C) overlap D) collide

67. Under the present system, state enterprises must _________ all profits to the government.

A) turn down B) turn up

C) turn out D) turn in

68. Oil companies in the U.S. are already beginning to feel the pressure. Refinery workers and petroleum-equipment-manufacturing employees are being __________.

A) laid out B) laid off

C) laid down D) laid aside

69. We’ll ____________ you for any damage done to your house while we are in it.

A) compensate B) remedy

C) supplement D) retrieve

70. She cut her hair short and tried to _____________ herself as a man.

A) decorate B) disguise

C) fabricate D) fake

Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)

Example:

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1. time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3. the___________

When you start talking about good and bad manners you
immediately start meeting difficulties. Many people just cannot
agree what they mean. We asked a lady, who replied that she
thought you could tell a well-manned person on the way they		71. __________
occupied the space around them—for example, when such a
person walks down a street he or she is constantly unaware of		72. __________
others. Such people never bump into other people.
However, a second person thought that this was more a
question of civilized behavior as good manners. Instead, this		73. __________
other person told us a story, it he said was quite well known,		74. __________
about an American who had been invited to an Arab meal at		75. __________
one of the countries of the Middle East. The American hasn’t		76. __________
been told very much about the kind of food he might expect. If
he had known about American food, he might have behaved		77. __________
better.
Immediately before him was a very flat piece of bread that
looked, to him, very much as a napkin（餐巾）. Picking it		78. __________
up, he put it into his collar, so that it falls across his shirt.		79. __________
His Arab host, who had been watching, said of nothing, but		80. __________
immediately copied the action of his guest.
And that, said this second person, was a fine example of
good manners.

Part V Writing (30 minutes)

Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Is a Test of Spoken English Necessary? The first sentence has already been written for you. You should write at least 120 words, and bas your composition on the outline given in Chinese below:

1. 很多认为有必要举行英语口语考试，理由是……

2. 也有人持不同意见，……

3. 我的看法和打算

Is a Test of Spoken English Necessary?

A test of spoken English will be included as an optional component of the College English Test (CET).

2000.6

1. D 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. C 9. D 10. B

11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. C 20. A

21. B 22. C 23. A 24. D 25. B 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. D 30. A

31. B 32. C 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. A 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. D

41. B 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. A 48.B 49. B 50. D

51. C 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. D 56. C 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. A

61. B 62. C 63. C 64. C 65. B 66. C 67. D 68. B 69. A 70. B

71. (on the way) à (on the way) that 72. unaware à aware

73. as à than 74. it à which

75. at à in 76. hasn’t à hadn’t

77. American à Arab 78. as à like

79. falls à fell 80. of à /

2000年1月大学英语六级考试真题和答案

2009-05-15T15:03:00.000+08:00

2000年1月试卷

　　Part IListening Comprehension(20 minutes)

　　Section A

　　Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

　　Example:You will hear:

　　You will read:

　　A) 2 hours.

　　B) 3 hours.

　　C) 4 hours.

　　D) 5 hours.

　　From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center.

　　Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D]

　　1.A) To cancel his trip.

　　B) To go to bed early.

　　C) To catch a later flight.

　　D) To ask for a wake-up call.

　　2.A) They have different opinions as to what to do next.

　　B) They have to pay for the house by installments.

　　C) They will fix a telephone in the bathroom.

　　D) The man’s attitude is more sensible than the woman’s.

　　3.A) She will save the stamps for the man’s sister.

　　B) She will no longer get letters from Canada.

　　C) She can’t give the stamps to the man’s sister.

　　D) She has given the stamps to the man’s roommates.

　　4.A) Visiting the Brownings.

　　B) Writing a postcard.

　　C) Looking for a postcard.

　　D) Filling in a form.

　　5.A) The man should work with somebody else.

　　B) The man should meet his partner’s needs.

　　C) They should come to a compromise.

　　D) They should find a better lab for the project.

　　6.A) She can’t finish her assignment, either.

　　B) She can’t afford a computer right now.

　　C) The man can use her computer.

　　D) The man should buy a computer right away.

　　7.A) The visiting economist has given several lectures.

　　B) The guest lecturer’s opinion is different from Dr. Johnson’s.

　　C) Dr. Johnson and the guest speaker were schoolmates.

　　D) Dr. Johnson invited the economist to visit their college.

　　8.A) She’s never watched a better game.

　　B) Football is her favorite pastime.

　　C) The game has been canceled.

　　D) Their team played very badly.

　　9.A) The man should stick to what he’s doing.

　　B) The man should take up a new hobby.

　　C) The man should stop playing tennis.

　　D) The man should find the cause for his failure.

　　10.A) An invented story.

　　B) A real life experience.

　　C) An imaginary situation.

　　D) A terrible nightmare.

　　Section B

　　Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

　　Passage one

　　Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard.

　　11.A) The name of a German town.

　　B) A resident of Frankfurt.

　　C) A kind of German sausage.

　　D) A kind of German bread.

　　12.A) He sold fast food.

　　B) He raised dogs.

　　C) He was a cook.

　　D) He was a Cartoonist.

　　13.A) Because the Americans found they were from Germany.

　　B) Because people thought they contained dog meat.

　　C) Because people had to get used to their taste.

　　D) Because it was too hot to eat right away.

　　Passage Two

　　Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard.

　　14.A) They give out faint cries.

　　B) They made noises to drive away insects.

　　C) They extend their water pipes.

　　D) They become elastic like rubber bands.

　　15.A) Quiet plants.

　　B) Well-watered plants.

　　C) Healthy plants.

　　D) Thirsty plants.

　　16.A) They could drive the insects away.

　　B) They could keep the plants well-watered.

　　C) They could make the plants grow faster.

　　D) They could build devices to trap insects.

　　Passage Three

　　Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard.

　　17.A) To look for a different lifestyle.

　　B) To enjoy themselves.

　　C) For adventure.

　　D) For education.

　　18.A) There are 200 vehicles for every kilometer of roadway.

　　B) It has a dense population.

　　C) There are many museums and palaces.

　　D) It has many towering buildings.

　　19.A) It is a city of contrasts.

　　B) It possesses many historical sites.

　　C) It is an important industrial center.

　　D) It has many big and beautiful parks.

　　20.A) It helps develop our personalities.

　　B) It enables us to acquire first-hand knowledge.

　　C) It makes our life more interesting.

　　D) It brings about changes in our lifestyle.

　　Part IIReading Comprehension(35 minutes)

　　Direction:There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B) C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

　　Passage One

　　Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage:

　　In the world of entertainment, TV talk shows have undoubtedly flooded every inch of space on daytime television. And anyone who watches them regularly knows that each one varies in style and format. But no two shows are more profoundly opposite in content, while at the same time standing out above the rest, than the Jerry Springer and the Oprah Winfrey shows.

　　Jerry Springer could easily be considered the king of “trash talk（废话）”. The topics on his show are as shocking as shocking can be. For example, the show takes the ever-common talk show themes of love, sex, cheating, guilt, hate, conflict and morality to a different level. Clearly, the Jerry Springer show is a display and exploitation of society’s moral catastrophes（灾难）, yet people are willing to eat up the intriguing predicaments（困境）of other people’s lives.

　　Like Jerry Springer, Oprah Winfrey takes TV talk show to its extreme, but Oprah goes in the opposite direction. The show focuses on the improvement of society and an individual’s quality of life. Topics range from teaching your children responsibility, managing your work week, to getting to know your neighbors.

　　Compared to Oprah, the Jerry Springer show looks like poisonous waste being dumped on society. Jerry ends every show with a “final word”. He makes a small speech that sums up the entire moral of the show. Hopefully, this is the part where most people will learn something very valuable.

　　Clean as it is, the Oprah show is not for everyone. The show’s main target audience are middle-class Americans. Most of these people have the time. Money, and stability to deal with life’s tougher problems. Jerry Springer, on the other hand, has more of an association with the young adults of society. These are 18- to 21-year-olds whose main troubles in life involve love, relationship, sex, money and peers. They are the ones who see some value and lessons to be learned underneath the show’s exploitation.

　　While the two shows are as different as night and day. Both have ruled the talk show circuit for many years now. Each one caters to a different audience while both have a strong following from large groups of fans. Ironically, both could also be considered pioneers in the talk show world.

　　21.Compared with other TV talk shows, both the Jerry Springer and the Oprah Winfrey are ________________.

　　A) more family-oriented

　　B) unusually popular

　　C) more profound

　　D) relatively formal

　　22.Though the social problems Jerry Springer talks about appear distasteful, the audience _________.

　　A) remain fascinated by them

　　B) are ready to face up to them

　　C) remain indifferent to them

　　D) are willing to get involved in them

　　23.Which of the following is likely to be a topic of the Oprah Winfrey show?

　　A) A new type of robot.

　　B) Racist hatred.

　　C) Family budget planning.

　　D) Street violence.

　　24.Despite their different approaches, the two talk shows are both ____________.

　　A) ironical

　　B) sensitive

　　C) instructive

　　D) cynical

　　25.We can learn from the passage that the two talk shows ___________.

　　A) have monopolized the talk show circuit

　　B) exploit the weaknesses in human nature

　　C) appear at different times of the day

　　D) are targeted at different audiences

　　Passage Two

　　Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage:

　　To understand the marketing concept, it is only necessary to understand the difference between marketing and selling. Not too many years ago, most industries concentrated primarily on the efficient production of goods, and then relied on “persuasive salesmanship” to move as much of these goods as possible. Such production and selling focuses on the needs of the seller to produce goods and then convert them into money.

　　Marketing, on the other hand, focuses on the wants of consumers. It begins with first analyzing the preferences and demands of consumers and then producing goods that will satisfy them. This eye-on-the-consumer approach is known as the marketing concept, which simply means that instead of trying to sell whatever is easiest to produce or buy for resale, the makers and dealers first endeavor to find out what the consumer wants to buy and then go about making it available for purchase.

　　This concept does not imply that business is benevolent（慈善的）or that consumer satisfaction is given priority over profit in a company. There are always two sides to every business transaction - the firm and the customer - and each must be satisfied before trade occurs. Successful merchants and producers, however, recognize that the surest route to profit is through understanding and catering to customers. A striking example of the importance of catering to the consumer presented itself in mid-1985, when Coca Cola changed the flavor of its drink. The non-acceptance of the new flavor by a significant portion of the public brought about a prompt restoration of the Classic Coke, which was then marketed alongside the new King Customer ruled!

　　26.The marketing concept discussed in the passage is, in essence, ____________.

　　A) the practice of turning goods into money

　　B) making goods available for purchase

　　C) the customer-centred approach

　　D) a form of persuasive salesmanship

　　27.What was the main concern of industrialists before the marketing concept was widely accepted?

　　A) The needs of the market.

　　B) The efficiency of production.

　　C) The satisfaction of the user.

　　D) The preferences of the dealer.

　　28.According to the passage, “to move as much of these goods as possible” (Lines 3-4, Para. I) means “_______________”.

　　A) to sell the largest possible amount of goods

　　B) to transport goods as efficiently as possible

　　C) to dispose of these goods in large quantities

　　D) to redesign these goods for large-scale production

　　29.What does the restoration of the Classic Coke best illustrate?

　　A) Traditional goods have a stronger appeal to the majority of people.

　　B) It takes time for a new product to be accepted by the public.

　　C) Consumers with conservative tastes are often difficult to please.

　　D) Products must be designed to suit the taste of the consumer.

　　30.In discussing the marketing concept, the author focuses on ___________.

　　A) its main characteristic

　　B) its social impact

　　C) its possible consequence

　　D) its theoretical basis

　　Passage Three

　　Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage:

　　Conventional wisdom about conflict seems pretty much cut and dried. Too little conflict breeds apathy（冷漠）and stagnation（呆滞）. Too much conflict leads to divisiveness（分裂） and hostility. Moderate levels of conflict, however, can spark creativity and motivate people in a healthy and competitive way.

　　Recent research by Professor Charles R. Schwenk, however, suggests that the optimal level of conflict may be more complex to determine than these simple generalizations. He studied perceptions of conflict among a sample of executives. Some of the executives worked for profit-seeking organizations and others for not-for-profit organizations.

　　Somewhat surprisingly, Schwenk found that opinions about conflict varied systematically as a function of the type of organization. Specifically, managers in not-for-profit organizations strongly believed that conflict was beneficial to their organizations and that it promoted higher quality decision making than might be achieved in the absence of conflict.

　　Managers of for-profit organizations saw a different picture. They believed that conflict generally was damaging and usually led to poor-quality decision making in their organizations. Schwenk interpreted these results in terms of the criteria for effective decision making suggested by the executives. In the profit-seeking organizations, decision-making effectiveness was most often assessed in financial terms. The executives believed that consensus rather than conflict enhanced financial indicators.

　　In the not-for-profit organizations, decision-making effectiveness was defined from the perspective of satisfying constituents. Given the complexities and ambiguities associated with satisfying many diverse constituents executives perceived that conflict led to more considered and acceptable decisions.

　　31.In the eyes of the author, conventional opinion on conflict is ___________.

　　A) wrong

　　B) oversimplified

　　C) misleading

　　D) unclear

　　32.Professor Charles R. Schwenk’s research shows _______________.

　　A) the advantages and disadvantages of conflict

　　B) the real value of conflict

　　C) the difficulty in determining the optimal level of conflict

　　D) the complexity of defining the roles of conflict

　　33.We can learn from Schwenk’s research that ___________.

　　A) a person’s view of conflict is influenced by the purpose of his organization

　　B) conflict is necessary for managers of for-profit organizations

　　C) different people resolve conflicts in different ways

　　D) it is impossible for people to avoid conflict

　　34.The passage suggests that in for-profit organizations ____________.

　　A) there is no end of conflict

　　B) expression of different opinions is encouraged

　　C) decisions must be justifiable

　　D) success lies in general agreement

　　35.People working in a not-for-profit organization _____________.

　　A) seem to be difficult to satisfy

　　B) are free to express diverse opinions

　　C) are less effective in making decisions

　　D) find it easier to reach agreement

　　Passage Four

　　Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage:

　　Imagine eating everything delicious you want-with none of the fat. That would be great, wouldn’t it?

　　New “fake fat” products appeared on store shelves in the United States recently, but not everyone is happy about it. Makers of the products, which contain a compound called olestra, say food manufacturers can now eliminate fat from certain foods. Critics, however, say the new compound can rob the body of essential vitamins and nutrients（营养物）and can also cause unpleasant side effects in some people. So it’s up to consumers to decide whether the new fat-free products taste good enough to keep eating.

　　Chemists discovered olestra in the late 1960s, when they were searching for a fat that could be digested by infants more easily. Instead of finding the desired fat, the researchers created a fat that can’t be digested at all.

　　Normally, special chemicals in the intestines（肠） “grab” molecules of regular fat and break them down so they can be used by the body. A molecule of regular fat is made up of three molecule of substances called fatty acids.

　　The fatty acids are absorbed by the intestines and bring with them the essential vitamins A, D, E, and K. When fat molecules are present in the intestines with any of those vitamins, the vitamins attach to the molecules and are carried into the bloodstream.

　　Olestra, which is made from six to eight molecules of fatty acids, is too large for the intestines to absorb. It just slides through the intestines without being broken down. Manufacturers say it’s that ability to slide unchanged through the intestines that makes olestra so valuable as a fat substitute. It provides consumers with the taste of regular fat without any bad effects on the body. But critics say olestra can prevent vitamins A, D, E, and K from being absorbed. It can also prevent the absorption of carotenoids（类胡萝卜素）, compounds that may reduce the risk of cancer, heart disease, etc.

　　Manufacturers are adding vitamins A, D, E, and K as well as carotenoids to their products now. Even so, some nutritionists are still concerned that people might eat unlimited amounts of food made with the fat substitute without worrying about how many calories they are consuming.

　　36.We learn from the passage that olestra is a substance that ______________.

　　A) contains plenty of nutrients

　　B) renders foods calorie-free while retaining their vitamins

　　C) makes foods easily digestible

　　D) makes foods fat-free while keeping them delicious

　　37.The result of the search for an easily digestible fat turned out to be ____________.

　　A) commercially useless

　　B) just as anticipated

　　C) somewhat controversial

　　D) quite unexpected

　　38.Olestra is different from ordinary fats in that _____________.

　　A) it passes through the intestines without being absorbed

　　B) it facilitates the absorption of vitamins by the body

　　C) it helps reduce the incidence of heart disease

　　D) it prevents excessive intake of vitamins

　　39.What is a possible negative effect of olestra according to some critics?

　　A) It may impair the digestive system.

　　B) It may affect the overall fat intake.

　　C) It may increase the risk of cancer.

　　D) It many spoil the consumers’ appetite.

　　40.Why are nutritionists concerned about adding vitamins to olestra?

　　A) It may lead to the over-consumption of vitamins.

　　B) People may be induced to eat more than is necessary.

　　C) The function of the intestines may be weakened.

　　D) It may trigger a new wave of fake food production.

　　Part IIIVocabulary and Structure(20 minutes)

　　Directions:There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center.

　　41.The doctors don’t ___________ that he will live much longer.

　　A) articulateB) anticipate

　　C) manifestD) monitor

　　42.I suggest we put the scheme into effect, for it is quite ___________.

　　A) eligibleB) sustainable

　　C) probableD) feasible

　　43.The old gentleman was a very ______ looking person, with grey hair and gold spectacles.

　　A) respectfulB) respected

　　C) respectiveD) respectable

　　44.This book is expected to ____________ the best-seller lists.

　　A) promoteB) prevail

　　C) dominateD) exemplify

　　45.That part of the city has long been ____________ for its street violence.

　　A) notoriousB) responsible

　　C) historicalD) illegal

　　46.Under the guidance of their teacher, the pupils are building a model boat _____ by steam.

　　A) towedB) pressed

　　C) tossedD) propelled

　　47.Having finished their morning work, the clerks stood up behind their desks, ___________ themselves.

　　A) expandingB) stretching

　　C) prolongingD) extending

　　48.England’s team, who are now superbly fit, will be doing their best next week to _________ themselves for last year’s defeat.

　　A) reviveB) retort

　　C) revengeD) remedy

　　49.If you want to get into that tunnel, you first have to ____________ away all the rocks.

　　A) haulB) transfer

　　C) repelD) dispose

　　50.It took us only a few hours to ___________ the paper off all four walls.

　　A) shearB) scrape

　　C) strokeD) chip

　　51.The famous scientist ______________ his success to hard work.

　　A) impartedB) granted

　　C) ascribedD) acknowledged

　　52.It is difficult to _____________ of a plan to end poverty.

　　A) speculateB) conceive

　　C) ponderD) reckon

　　53.Now the cheers and applause ___________ in a single sustained roar.

　　A) mingledB) concentrated

　　C) assembledD) permeated

　　54.Improved consumer confidence is _____________ to an economic recovery.

　　A) crucialB) subordinate

　　C) cumulativeD) satisfactory

　　55.Although the body is made up of many different tissues, these tissues are arranged in an _____________ and orderly fashion.

　　A) incredibleB) intricate

　　C) internalD) initial

　　56.If you work under a car when repairing it, you often get very ____________.

　　A) waxyB) slippery

　　C) stickyD) greasy

　　57.The damage to his car was _______________; therefore, he could repair it himself.

　　A) considerableB) appreciable

　　C) negligibleD) invisible

　　58.My sister is quite ____________ and plans to get an M. A. degree within one year.

　　A) aggressiveB) enthusiastic

　　C) considerateD) ambitious

　　59.The manager tried to wave aside these issues as ______ details that would be settled later.

　　A) versatileB) trivial

　　C) preliminaryD) alternate

　　60.His ________________ was telling him that something was wrong.

　　A) intuitionB) hypothesis

　　C) inspirationD) sentiment

　　61.This book is about how these basic beliefs and values affect important ____ of American life.

　　A) fashionsB) frontiers

　　C) facetsD) formats

　　62.Parents often faced the _____between doing what they felt was good for the development of the child and what they could stand by way of undisciplined noise and destructiveness.

　　A) paradoxB) junction

　　C) dilemmaD) premise

　　63.Clark felt that his ______________ in one of the most dramatic medical experiments of all time was worth the suffering he underwent.

　　A) apprehensionB) appreciation

　　C) presentationD) participation

　　64.As one of the youngest professors in the university, Miss King is certainly on the _________ of a brilliant career.

　　A) thresholdB) edge

　　C) porchD) course

　　65.The ___________ lawyer made a great impression on the jury.

　　A) protectingB) guarding

　　C) defendingD) shielding

　　66.Very few people understood his lecture, the subject of which was very __________.

　　A) dimB) obscure

　　C) conspicuousD) intelligible

　　67.This movie is not ______________ for children to see: it contains too much violence and too many love scenes.

　　A) profoundB) valid

　　C) decentD) upright

　　68.The wood was so rotten that, when we pulled, it ______________ into fragments.

　　A) broke offB) broke away

　　C) broke throughD) broke up

　　69.The detective and his assistant have begun to ____________ the mysterious murder.

　　A) come throughB) look into

　　C) make overD) see to

　　70.Sadly, the Giant Panda is one of the many species now in danger of ____________.

　　A) extinctionB) migration

　　C) destructionD) extraction

　　Part IVError Correction(15 minutes)

　　Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (／) in the blank.

　　Example:

　　Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.1. time/times/period

　　Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature2. ／___________

　　as a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.3. the___________

　　Until the very latest moment of his existence, man has been

　　bound to the planet on which he originated and devel-

　　oped. Now he had the capability to leave that planet and move 71. __________

　　out into the universe to those worlds which he has known

　　previously only directly. Men have explored parts of the moon.72. __________

　　put spaceships in orbit around another planet and possibly within

　　the decade will land into another planet and explore it. Can we be73. __________

　　too bold as to suggest that we may be able to colonize other 74. __________

　　planet within the not-too-distant future? Some have advocated75. __________

　　such a procedure as a solution to the population problem: ship the

　　excess people off to the moon. But we must keep in head the76. __________

　　billions of dollars we might spend in carrying out the project. To

　　maintain the earth’s population at its present level, we would have

　　to blast off into space 7,500 people every hour of every day of the

　　year.

　　Why are we spending so little money on space ex-77. __________

　　ploration? Consider the great need for improving many aspects78. __________

　　of the global environment, one is surely justified in his

　　concern for the money and resources that they are poured into79. __________

　　the space exploration efforts. But perhaps we should look at

　　both sides of the coin before arriving hasty conclusions.80. __________

　　Part VWriting(30 minutes)

　　Direction:For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How I Finance My College Education. You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below.

　　1. 上大学的费用（tuition and fees）可以通过多种途径解决

　　2. 哪种途径适合于我（说明理由）

　　How I Finance My College Education

　　2000.1

　　1. D2. A3. C4. B5. C6. B7. B8. D9. A10. C

　　11. C12. A13. B14. A15. D16. D17. D18. C19. A20. B

　　21. B22. A23. C24. C25. D26. C27. B28. A29. D30. A

　　31. B32. C33. A34. D35. B36. D37. D38. A39. C40. B

　　41. B42. D43. D44. C45. A46. D47. B48. C49. A50. B

　　51. C52. B53. A54. A55. B56. D57. C58. D59. B60. A

　　61. C62. C63. D64. A65. C66. B67. C68. D69. B70. A

　　71. had à has 72. directly à indirectly

73. into à on 74. too à so

75. planet à planets / worlds 76. head à mind

77. little à much 78. Consider à Considering

79. they à /

80. (arriving) à (arriving) at 或 arriving à reaching/drawing/making

2009年6月英语四级考试精炼超高频200词(5)

2009-05-14T18:04:00.001+08:00

184. agency n. 代理商，经销商

　　185. focus v. （使）聚集 n. 焦点，中心，聚焦

　　186. forbid vt. 不许，禁止

　　187. debate n./v. 辩论，争论

　　188. debt n. 欠债

　　189. decade n. 十年

　　190. enclose vt. 围住；把...装入信封

　　191. encounter vt./n. 遭遇，遭到

　　192. globe n. 地球，世界；地球仪

　　193. global a. 全球的；总的

　　194. scan vt. 细看；扫描；浏览

　　195. scandal n. 丑事，丑闻

　　196. significance n. 意义；重要性

　　197. subsequent a. 随后的，后来的

　　198. virtue n. 美德，优点

　　199. virtual a. 实际上的，事实上的

　　200. orient vt. 使适应，(to,toward)使朝向 n. 东方

2009年6月英语四级考试精炼超高频200词(4)

2009-05-14T18:03:00.001+08:00

140. internal a. 内部的，国内的

　　141. beforehand ad. 预先，事先

　　142. racial a. 人种的种族的

　　143. radiation n. 放射物，辐射

　　144. radical a.根本的；激进的

　　145. range n. 幅度，范围 v. （在某范围内）变动

　　146. wonder n. 惊奇，奇迹 v. 想知道，对...感到疑惑

　　147. isolate vt. 使隔离，使孤立

　　148. issue n. 问题，争论点；发行，（报刊）一期

　　149. hollow a. 空的，中空的，空虚道

　　150. hook n. 钩 vt. 钩住

　　151. adequate a. 适当地；足够

　　152. adhere vi. 粘附，附着；遵守，坚持

　　153. ban vt. 取缔，禁止

　　154. capture vt. 俘虏，捕获

　　155. valid a. 有效的，有根据的；正当的

　　156. valley n. 山谷，峡谷

　　157. consistent a. 坚固定；一致的，始终如一的

　　158. continuous a. 继续的，连续（不断）的

　　159. continual a. 不断地，频繁的

　　160. explode v. 爆炸；爆发；激增

　　161. exploit v. 剥削；利用，开采

　　162. explore v. 勘探

　　163. explosion n. 爆炸；爆发；激增

　　164. explosive a. 爆炸的；极易引起争论的

　　165. remote a. 遥远的，偏僻的

　　166. removal n. 除去，消除

　　167. render vt. 使得，致使

　　168. precaution n. 预防，防备，警惕

　　169. idle a. 懒散的，无所事事的

　　170. identify vt. 认出，鉴定

　　171. identify n. 身份；个性，特性

　　172. poverty n. 贫穷

　　173. resistant a. (to)抵抗的，抗...的，耐...的

　　174. resolve vt. 解决；决定，决意

　　175. barrel n. 桶

　　176. bargain n. 便宜货 vi. 讨价还价

　　177. coarse a. 粗的，粗糙的，粗劣的

　　178. coach n. 教练；长途公共汽车

　　179. code n. 准则，法规，密码

　　180. coil n. 线圈 v. 卷，盘绕

　　181. adult n. 成年人

　　182. advertise v. 为...做广告

　　183. advertisement n. 广告

2009年6月英语四级考试精炼超高频200词(3)

2009-05-14T18:01:00.000+08:00

95. casual a. 偶然的，碰巧的；临时的；非正式的

　　96. trap n. 陷阱，圈套 v. 设陷阱捕捉

　　97. vacant a. 空的，未占用的

　　98. vacuum n. 真空，真空吸尘器

　　99. oral a. 口头的，口述的，口的

　　100. optics n. （单、复数同形）光学

　　101. organ n. 器官，风琴

　　102. excess n. 过分，过量，过剩

　　103. expel v. 驱逐，开除，赶出

　　104. expend v. 消费

　　105. expenditure n. 支出，消费；经费

　　106. expense n. 开销，费用

　　107. expensive a. 花钱多的；价格高贵的

　　108. expand v. 扩大，扩张；展开，膨胀

　　109. expansion n. 扩大，扩充；发展，膨胀

　　110. private a. 私人的，个人的

　　111. individual a. 个别的，单独的 n. 个人，个体

　　112. personal a. 个人的，私人的；亲自的

　　114. personnel n. [总称]人员，员工；人事部门

　　115. the Pacific Ocean 太平洋

　　116. the Atlantic Ocean 大西洋

　　117. the Arctic Ocean 北冰洋

　　118. the Antarctic Ocean 南冰洋

　　119. grant vt. 授予，同意，准予

　　119. grand a. 宏伟大，壮丽的，重大的

　　120. invade v. 侵入，侵略，侵袭

　　121. acid n. 酸，酸性物质 a. 酸的；尖刻的

　　122. acknowledge v. 承认；致谢

　　123. balcony n. 阳台

　　124. calculate vt. 计算，核算

　　125. calendar n. 日历，月历

　　126. optimistic a. 乐观

　　127. optional a. 可以任选的，非强制的

　　128. outstanding a. 杰出的，突出的，显着的

　　129. export n. 出口（物） v. 出口，输出

　　130. import n. 进口（物） v. 进口，输入

　　131. impose vt. 把...加强(on)；采用，利用

　　132. religion n. 宗教，宗教信仰

　　133. religious a. 宗教的

　　134. victim n. 牺牲品，受害者

　　135. video n. 电视，视频 a. 电视的，录像的

　　136. videotape n. 录像磁带 v. 把...录在录像带上

　　137. offend v. 冒犯，触犯

　　138. bother v. 打搅，麻烦

　　139. interfere v. 干涉，干扰，妨碍

2009年6月英语四级考试精炼超高频200词(2)

2009-05-14T18:00:00.000+08:00

46.stimulate vt. 刺激，激励

　　47.acquire vt. 取得，获得；学到

　　48.accomplish vt .完成，到达；实行

　　49.network n. 网状物；广播网，电视网；网络

　　50.tide n. 潮汐；潮流

　　51.tidy a. 整洁的，整齐的

　　52.trace vt. 追踪，找到 n. 痕迹，踪迹

　　53.torture n./vt. 拷打，折磨

　　54.wander vi. 漫游，闲逛

　　55.wax n. 蜡

　　56.weave v. 织，编

　　57.preserve v. 保护，保存，保持，维持

　　61. abuse v. 滥用，虐待；谩骂

　　62. academic a. 学术的；高等院校的；研究院的

　　63. academy n. （高等）专科院校；学会

　　64. battery n. 电池（组）

　　65. barrier n. 障碍；棚栏

　　66. cargo n. （船、飞机等装载的）货物

　　67. career n. 生涯，职业

　　68. vessel n. 船舶；容器，器皿；血管

　　69. vertical a. 垂直的

　　70. oblige v. 迫使，责成；使感激

　　71. obscure a. 阴暗，模糊

　　72. extent n. 程度，范围，大小，限度

　　73. exterior n. 外部，外表 a. 外部的，外表的

　　74. external a. 外部的，外表的，外面的

　　75. petrol n. 汽油

　　76. petroleum n. 石油

　　77. delay vt./n. 推迟，延误，耽搁

　　78. decay vi. 腐烂，腐朽

　　79. decent a. 像样的，体面的

　　80. route n. 路；路线；航线

　　81. ruin v. 毁坏，破坏 n. 毁灭，[pl.]废墟

　　82. sake n. 缘故，理由

　　83. satellite n. 卫星

　　84. scale n. 大小，规模；等级；刻度

　　85. temple n. 庙宇

　　86. tedious a. 乏味道，单调的，

　　87. tend vi.易于，趋向

　　88. tendency n.趋向，趋势

　　89. ultimate a. 极端的，最大的，最终的 n. 极端

　　90. undergo v. 经历，遭受

　　91. abundant a. 丰富的，充裕的，大量的

　　92. adopt v. 收养；采用；采纳

　　93. adapt vi. 适应，适合；改编，改写 vt. 使适应

　　94. bachelor n. 学士，学士学位；单身汉

2009年6月英语四级考试精炼超高频200词(1)

2009-05-14T17:47:00.000+08:00

1.alter v. 改变，改动，变更

　　2.burst vi.,n. 突然发生，爆裂

　　3.dispose vi. 除掉；处置；解决；处理(of)

　　4.blast n. 爆炸；气流 vi. 炸，炸掉

　　5.consume v. 消耗，耗尽

　　6.split v. 劈开；割裂；分裂 a.裂开的

　　7.spit v. 吐（唾液等）；唾弃

　　8.spill v. 溢出，溅出，倒出

　　9.slip v. 滑动，滑落；忽略

　　10.slide v. 滑动，滑落 n. 滑动；滑面；幻灯片

　　11.bacteria n. 细菌

　　12.breed n. 种，品种 v. 繁殖，产仔

　　13.budget n. 预算 v. 编预算，作安排

　　14.candidate n. 候选人

　　15.campus n. 校园

　　16.liberal a. 慷慨的；丰富的；自由的

　　17.transform v. 转变，变革；变换

　　18.transmit v. 传播，播送；传递

　　19.transplant v. 移植

　　20.transport vt. 运输，运送 n. 运输，运输工具

　　21.shift v. 转移；转动；转变

　　22.vary v. 变化，改变；使多样化

　　23.vanish vi. 消灭，不见

　　24.swallow v. 吞下，咽下 n. 燕子

　　25.suspicion n. 怀疑，疑心

　　26.suspicious a. 怀疑的，可疑的

　　27.mild a. 温暖的，暖和的；温柔的，味淡的

　　28.tender a. 温柔的；脆弱的

　　29.nuisance n. 损害，妨害，讨厌（的人或事物）

　　30.insignificant a. 无意义的，无足轻重的；无价值的

　　31.accelerate vt. 加速，促进

　　32.absolute a. 绝对的，无条件的；完全的

　　33.boundary n. 分界线，边界

　　34.brake n. 刹车，制动器 v. 刹住（车）

　　35.catalog n. 目录（册） v. 编目

　　36.vague a. 模糊的，不明确的

　　37.vain n. 徒劳，白费

　　38.extinct a. 绝灭的，熄灭的

　　39.extraordinary a. 不平常的，特别的，非凡的

　　40.extreme a. 极度的，极端的 n. 极端，过分

　　41.agent n. 代理人，代理商；动因，原因

　　42.alcohol n. 含酒精的饮料，酒精

　　43.appeal n./vi. 呼吁，恳求

　　44.appreciate vt. 重视，赏识，欣赏

　　45.approve v. 赞成，同意，批准

2009年6月英语四级语法备战-时态篇(一般现在时)

2009-05-14T14:59:00.000+08:00

语法讲解

　　谓语动词构成：I /we/you/they work , he/she/it works

　　(1) 表示经常发生或习惯性的动作或状态

　　My father always reads newspaper after breakfast.我父亲总是在早餐后读报纸.

　　We often write to each other.我们时常相互通信.

　　(2) 表示主语现在的性格、特征和能力

　　He works hard.他努力工作.

　　Does he like sports? 他喜欢体育运动吗?

　　(3) 表示客观事实或普遍真理

　　The sun rises in the east.太阳从东方升起.

　　After summer comes autumn.秋天在夏天之后.

　　(4) 表示按计划、规定或时间表将要发生的事

　　He starts next week.他下个星期出发.

　　The train starts at 10 o’clock in the morning.火车将在早上10点开出.

　　(5) 用于状语从句代替一般将来时

　　I will tell him about it as soon as i see him next Monday.

　　下个周一我见到他时马上告诉他.

　　I will get everything ready before my boss comes back.

　　我要在老板回来之前把一切都准备妥当.

　　(6) 有些动词即使表示现在的动作也不能用现在进行时，也只能用一般现在时

　　I tell you the truth, i hate to do it.说实话,我讨厌那样做.

　　I hope the weather would fine.我希望天气会晴朗.

　　I am looking into the room, and i see a strange man in it.

　　我往房间里看,看到了房间里一个陌生的男子.

　　(7) 和here、there 连用

　　Here comes the bus.公共汽车来了.

　　There goes the bell.铃声响了.

　　(8) 一些固定表达发

　　I promise/ advise / insist/ agree/ refuse/ suggest……

　　我允诺/建议/强调/同意/拒绝/建议……

　　(9) 描述过去时间的事实。多见于口述或叙述文，以增加生动很真实

　　He says the river rises higher and higher, breaks the bank and is filling all low place.他说河水越涨越高，漫过河岸，淹没低洼地.

　　专项练习

　　一、单选

　　1 Jenny ____ in an office. Her parents ____in a hospital.

　　A work works B works work C work are working D is working work

　　2 One of the boys_____ a black hat.

　　A have B there is C there are D has

　　3 We will go shopping if it____ tomorrow.

　　A don't rain Bdidn't rain Cdoesn't rain Disn't rain

　　4 He said the sun ____in the east and ____in the west.

　　A rose; set B rises; sets C rises, set D rise; sets

　　5 Wang Mei ____ music and often ____ to music.

　　A like; listen B likes; listens C like; are listening D liking ; listen

　　6 Jenny____ English every evening.

　　A has study B studies C study D studied

　　答案：1 B 2D 3C 4B 5B 6B

　　二、填空

　　1 I can take Li Ming there when he _____ ( come) to visit.

　　2 _____your sister_____(know)English?

　　3Her home____ _____ ______(远离 )her school.

　　4The pot_____(not look) like yours very much.

　　5 Where _____you____(have)lunch every day?

　　6 Who_____(想要 )to go swimming?

　　7 ______she_____(do) the housework every day?

　　8 Jenny and Danny usually______(play) games in the afternoon .

　　答案：1 comes 2 Does know 3 is away from 4 doesn't look

　　5 do have 6 wants 7 does do 8 play

　　二、单三人称形式易出错

　　例：1 He plaies (play) football very well.

　　2 Danny gos (go) to school at 7:10.

　　答案：1 plays 2 goes

　　解析：1以辅音字母加y结尾的动词变单三人称形式才能把y换成i再加es；2与名词变复数不同，变单三人称形式以o结尾的词要加es.

　　三、在句式变换时易出错

　　例：1 Does Jenny has (has) a good friend?

　　2 Brian doesn’t lives (not live) in China.

　　答案：1 Does have 2 doesn’t live

　　解析：单三人称做主语的一般现在时做句式变化时，可记住如下口诀：“见助动，用原形”。此口诀也可推广用于一般过去时态中。e.g. He didn't go home yesterday.

　　四、对do的理解易出错

　　例：We don’t (not do) our homework in the afternoon.

　　答案：don’t do

　　解析：do是一个比较难理解的词，它有三个含义: a)是所有行为动词的总称；b)是助动词，无实义；c)是一个具体的行为动词“做，干”。此句中给出的do指“做，干”，not指把此句变为否定句，故须在do前加助动词don’t。

　　五、对主语的数判断有误

　　例： Li Ming with me are (be) in Beijing.

　　答案: is

　　解析:表面一看是“我和李明两个人在北京”，但with在此做伴随状语，不能做主语，故用is.

　　另外，宾语从句中，从句部分若是表示客观真理，不管主句是何时态，从句都要用一般现在时；在时间和条件状语从句中，主句表将来，从句要用一般现在时。

2009年6月英语四级语法备战-时态篇(一般将来时)

2009-05-14T14:56:00.000+08:00

语法讲解

　　谓语动词构成：I/ we shall work ， he/ she/ it/ you/ they will work

　　will在陈述句中用于各人称，在疑问句中常用于第二人称

　　(1) 表示将要发生的动作

　　Perhaps I shall play a visit to France this winter.

　　我可能在今年冬天到法国观光。

　　Will you be at home at seven this evening? 今晚七点你会在家吗？

　　(2) “be going to +不定式”多用于口语中，表示打算、将要发生的事.

　　What are you going to do tomorrow? 明天你要干什么？

　　Look at the dark clouds, there is going to be a storm. 看那乌云，暴风雨快来了.

　　(3) “be +不定式”表示安排或计划好了的动作

　　When are they to hand in their plan? 他们的计划什么时候交上来？

　　The queen is to visit Japan next year. 女王将于明年访日.

　　(4) “be about +不定式”表示即将发生的动作

　　He is about to retire. 他即将退休.

　　The English evening is about to begin. 英语晚会即将开始.

　　(5) come，go等动词用“一般现在时”表示按规定、计划或时间表将要发生的事

　　He starts next week. 他下个星期出发.

　　We leave very soon. 我们很快就离开.

　　(6) come，go等动词在口语中用“现在进行时”表示主语计划将要作的动作

　　They are leaving for New York tomorrow. 明天他们将要动身前往纽约.

　　Is your brother departing soon? 你的兄弟很快就要启程吗？

　　专项练习

　　一、单项选择。

　　( ) 1. There __________ a meeting tomorrow afternoon.

　　A. will be going to B. will going to be

　　C. is going to be D. will go to be

　　( ) 2. Charlie ________ here next month.

　　A. isn’t working B. doesn’t working

　　C. isn’t going to working D. won’t work

　　( ) 3. He ________ very busy this week, he ________ free next week.

　　A. will be; is B. is; is

　　C. will be; will be D. is; will be

　　( ) 4. There ________ a dolphin show in the zoo tomorrow evening.

　　A. was B. is going to have

　　C. will have D. is going to be

　　( ) 5. –________ you ________ free tomorrow?

　　– No. I ________ free the day after tomorrow.

　　A. Are; going to; will B. Are; going to be; will

　　C. Are; going to; will be D. Are; going to be; will be

　　( ) 6. Mother ________ me a nice present on my next birthday.

　　A. will gives B. will give

　　C. gives D. give

　　( ) 7. – Shall I buy a cup of tea for you?

　　–________. （不，不要。）

　　A. No, you won’t. B. No, you aren’t.

　　C. No, please don’t. D. No, please.

　　( ) 8. – Where is the morning paper?

　　– I ________ if for you at once.

　　A. get B. am getting

　　C. to get D. will get

　　( ) 9. ________ a concert next Saturday?

　　A. There will be B. Will there be

　　C. There can be D. There are

　　( ) 10. If they come, we ________ a meeting.

　　A. have B. will have

　　C. had D. would have

　　( ) 11. He ________ her a beautiful hat on her next birthday.

　　A. gives B. gave

　　C. will giving D. is going to giving

　　( ) 12. He ________ to us as soon as he gets there.

　　A. writes B. has written

　　C. will write D. wrote

　　( ) 13. He ________ in three days.

　　A. coming back B. came back

　　C. will come back D. is going to coming back

　　( ) 14. If it ________ tomorrow, we’ll go roller-skating.

　　A. isn’t rain B. won’t rain

　　C. doesn’t rain D. doesn’t fine

　　( ) 15. – Will his parents go to see the Terra Cotta Warriors tomorrow?

　　– No, ________ （不去）.

　　A. they willn’t. B. they won’t.

　　C. they aren’t. D. they don’t.

　　( ) 16. Who ________ we ________ swimming with tomorrow afternoon?

　　A. will; go B. do; go

　　C. will; going D. shall; go

　　( ) 17. We ________ the work this way next time.

　　A. do B. will do

　　C. going to do D. will doing

　　( ) 18. Tomorrow he ________ a kite in the open air first, and then ________ boating in the park.

　　A. will fly; will go B. will fly; goes

　　C. is going to fly; will goes D. flies; will go

　　( ) 19. The day after tomorrow they ________ a volleyball match.

　　A. will watching B. watches

　　C. is watching D. is going to watch

　　( ) 20. There ________ a birthday party this Sunday.

　　A. shall be B. will be

　　C. shall going to be D. will going to be

　　( ) 21. They ________ an English evening next Sunday.

　　A. are having B. are going to have

　　C. will having D. is going to have

　　( ) 22. ________ you ________ free next Sunday?

　　A. Will; are B. Will; be

　　C. Do; be D. Are; be

　　( ) 23. He ________ there at ten tomorrow morning.

　　A. will B. is

　　C. will be D. be

　　( ) 24. ________ your brother ________ a magazine from the library?

　　A. Are; going to borrow B. Is; going to borrow

　　C. Will; borrows D. Are; going to borrows

　　( ) 25. – Shall I come again tomorrow afternoon?

　　–________ （好的）.

　　A. Yes, please B. Yes, you will.

　　C. No, please. D. No, you won’t.

　　( ) 26. It ________ the year of the horse next year.

　　A. is going to be B. is going to

　　C. will be D. will is

　　( ) 27. ________ open the window?

　　A. Will you please B. Please will you

　　C. You please D. Do you

　　( ) 28. – Let’s go out to play football, shall we?

　　– OK. I ________.

　　A. will coming B. be going to come

　　C. come D. am coming

　　( ) 29. It ________ us a long time to learn English well.

　　A. takes B. will take

　　C. spends D. will spend

　　( ) 30. The train ________ at 11.

　　A. going to arrive B. will be arrive

　　C. is going to D. is arriving

　　二、动词填空。

　　1. I ______（leave）in a minute. I ______（finish）all my work before I ______ （leave）.

　　2. —How long _____ you _____（study）in our country?

　　—I _____（plan）to be here for about one more year.

　　—I _____（hope）to visit the other parts of your country.

　　—What ______ you ______（do）after you ______（leave）here?

　　—I ______（return）home and ______（get）a job.

　　3. I ______（be）tired. I ______（go）to bed early tonight.

　　4. Mary’s birthday is next Monday, her mother _____（give）her a present.

　　5. It is very cold these days. It ______（snow）soon.

　　6. —_____ you _____（be）here this Saturday?

　　—No. I ______（visit）my teacher.

　　7. —______ I ______（get）you a copy of today’s newspaper?

　　—Thank you.

　　8. I am afraid there ______（be）a meeting this afternoon. I can’t join you.

　　9. Mike ______（believe, not）this until he ______（see）it with his own eyes.

　　10. Most of us don’t think their team ______（win）.

　　三、句型转换。

　　1. People in the north often go skating in winter. （next winter）

　　2. There are two cinemas in that town. （next year）

　　3. He comes back late.（in two days）

　　4. She is a conductor of a train.（soon）

　　5. Li Ming is ten years old.（next year）

　　6. I sometimes write to my mother in the evening.（tonight）

　　7. He went there by plane.（some day next year）

　　8. China is a modern and strong country.（in twenty years）

　　9. Do you study hard?（from now on）

　　10. She didn’t speak English at the meeting.（before long）

　　参考答案

　　一、单项选择。

　　1. C 2. D 3. D 4.D 5. D 6. B 7. C 8. D

　　9. B 10. B 11. D 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. B 16. D

　　17. B 18. A 19. D 20. B 21. B 22. B 23. C 24. B

　　25. A 26. A 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. D

　　二、动词填空。

　　1. am leaving ; will finish ; leave

　　2. will ; study ; plan ; hope ; will ; do ; leave ; will return ; get

　　3. am ; will 4. will give 5. will snow

　　6. Will , be ; will visit 7. Shall ; get

　　8. will be 9. won’t believe ; sees 10. will win

　　三、句型转换。

　　1. People in the north will go skating next winter.

　　2. There will be two cinemas in that town next year.

　　3. He will come back late in two days.

　　4. She will be a conductor of a train soon.

　　5. Li Ming will be ten years old next year.

　　6. I will write to my mother tonight.

　　7. He will go there by plane some day next year.

　　8. China will be a modern and strong country in twenty years.

　　9. Will you study hard from now on?

　　10. She won’t speak English at the meeting before long.

2009年6月英语四级语法备战-时态篇(现在完成时)

2009-05-14T14:49:00.000+08:00

时态学习

　　谓语动词构成：I/we/you/they have worked; he/she/it has worked

　　(1) 表示过去某一时刻发生，且延续到现在的动作或状态，这种情况常与表示一段的时间状语连用

　　We have lived here since last October. 自从去年十月份我们就一直住在这儿。

　　She has studied English for 5 years. 她学英语已有5年之久

　　(2) 表示某个已经发生且对现在造成影响或结果的动作，这种情况常不与任何时间状语连用

　　I'm sorry I have lost my key. I can't open the door.

　　对不起，我把钥匙弄丢了.门开不了了.

　　She has left. If you want to see her, you'll have to come tomorrow.

　　她已经走了.如果你想见她的话，你得明天再来一趟.

　　专项练习

　　一、单项选择

　　1、Both his parents look sad . Maybe they _________what's happened to him .（呼和浩特）

　　Ａ. knew Ｂ. have known Ｃ. must know Ｄ.will know

　　2、He has _______ been to Shanghai , has he ?

　　Ａ. already Ｂ.never Ｃ.ever Ｄ. still

　　3、Have you met Mr Li ______？

　　Ａ. just Ｂ. ago Ｃ.before Ｄ. a moment ago

　　4、The famous writer _____ one new book in the past two year .

　　Ａ. is writing Ｂ.was writing Ｃ.wrote Ｄ.has written

　　5、—Our country ______ a lot so far .

　　—Yes . I hope it will be even ______ .

　　Ａ. has changed ; well Ｂ. changed ; good

　　Ｃ. has changed ; better Ｄ. changed ; better

　　6、Zhao Lan ______already ______in this school for two years .

　　Ａ. was ; studying Ｂ. will ; study

　　Ｃ. has ; studied Ｄ. are ; studying

　　7、We ______ Xiao Li since she was a little girl .

　　Ａ. know Ｂ. had known Ｃ. have known Ｄ. knew

　　8、Harry Potter is a very nice film .I_______ it twice .

　　Ａ. will see Ｂ. have seen Ｃ. saw Ｄ.see

　　9、—These farmers have been to the United States .

　　—Really ? When _____ there ?

　　Ａ. will they go Ｂ. did they go

　　Ｃ. do they go Ｄ. have they gone

　　10、—______ you ___ your homework yet ?

　　—Yes . I _____ it a moment ago .

　　Ａ. Did ; do ; finished Ｂ. Have ; done ; finished

　　Ｃ. Have ; done ; have finished Ｄ. will ; do ; finish

　　11、 His father ______ the Party since 1978 .

　　Ａ. joined Ｂ. has joined Ｃ. was in Ｄ. has been in

　　12、—Do you know him well ?

　　— Sure .We _________ friends since ten years ago .

　　Ａ. were Ｂ. have been Ｃ. have become Ｄ. have made

　　13、—How long have you ____ here ?

　　—About two months .

　　Ａ. been Ｂ. gone Ｃ. come Ｄ. arrived

　　14、Hurry up! The play __________ for ten minutes .

　　Ａ. has begun Ｂ. had begun

　　Ｃ. has been on Ｄ. began

　　15、 It _____ ten years since he left the army .

　　Ａ. is Ｂ. has Ｃ. will Ｄ. was

　　16、 Miss Green isn't in the office . she_______ to the library .

　　Ａ.has gone Ｂ. went Ｃ.will go Ｄ. has been

　　17、My parents ______ Shandong for ten years .

　　Ａ. have been in Ｂ. have been to

　　Ｃ. have gone to Ｄ. have been

　　18、The students have cleaned the classroom, ?

　　A. so they B. don’t they C. have they D. haven’t they

　　19、 has Mr White been a member of Greener China since he to China?

　　A. How soon, comes B. How often, got

　　C. How long, came D. How far, arrived

　　20、 His uncle for more than 9 years.

　　A. has come here B. has started to work

　　C. has lived there D. has left the university

　　二、句型转换

　　1、He has never surfed, ?（改成反意疑问句）

　　2、They have been here since 2000. (对划线部分提问)

　　have they been here?

　　3、The old man _________ last year. He for a year. (die) （动词填空）

　　4、This factory opened twenty years ago.(同义句转换)

　　This factory ________ for twenty years.

　　5、Miss Gao left an hour ago. (同义句转换)

　　Miss Gao ________ _______ ________ ________ an hour ago.

　　6、Her mother has been a Party member for three years .（同义句）

　　Her mother _______ the Party three years ________ .

　　7、The Green Family moved to France two years ago. (同义句转换)

　　_______ two years ________ the Green family moved to France.

　　8、The bus has arrived here. It arrived ten minutes ago. (把两个句子合并成一个句子)

　　三、汉译英

　　1、吉姆已做完作业，他现在有空了。

　　2、他昨天收到一封信。

　　3、我父亲以前到过长城。

　　4、她还没有看过那部新电影。

　　5、她去过上海。

　　6、他这些天上哪儿去了？

　　答案

　　一、单项选择

　　1、现在完成时主要强调过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响，或过去发生的动作还未结束，一直持续到现在或将来，重点在于对现在的影响。这种考查难度较大，往往无时间状语，需要从上下文分析、推理才行。故上两侧根据上下文分析、推理，正确答案是Ｂ。

　　2、现在完成时常与already（已经），just（刚刚，正好），ever（曾经），never（从来，也不；从不），before（以前），yet（仍然）等连用。故2应选B。

　　3、C

　　4、现在完成时常与recently（近来），so far（到目前为止），in the past/“last + 一段时间”等时间状语连用。因为上述短语表示的是从现在起往前推算的一段时间，句中的动作是从过去某一时间或时刻开始持续到现在的。故4应选D。

　　5、C

　　6、现在完成时时常与“for +时间段或since +过去时间点”连用（含从句，从句过去时）。故6应选C。

　　7、C

　　8、现在完成时还与once（一次），twice（两次），three times（三次），several times（几次）等表示重复次数的词语连用。故8应选B。

　　9、现在完成时与一般过去时容易混淆，就是因为它们所表示的动作都发生在过去，但二者又有区别：一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的事、存在的状态或经常发生的动作，说话的侧重点在于陈述一件过去的事情，与现在没有关系；现在完成时表示与现在有关系的发生在过去的动作，它不与表示过去的时间状语（如yesterday , last week , a moment ago等）连用。故9的正确答案为B。

　　10、B

　　11、现在完成时中，非延续性动词不能与for和since引导的表示一段时间的状语连用，通常是用相应的延续性动词来代替。故11的正确答案依次为：D。

　　12、B 13、A 14、C 15、A。

　　16、“have/has gone to + 地点”表示“某人去了某地（还未回来）”，指主语所指的人不在这儿。“have/has been in + 地点”表示“在某地呆了多长时间”，常与表示时间的状语连用。“have/has been to +地点”表示“曾经去过某地（但现在已不在那儿）。”故16的正确答案为A。

　　17、A 18、D 19、C 20、C

　　二、句型转换

　　1、has he? 2、How long 3、died, has been dead

　　4、has been open 5、has been away 6、joined；ago

　　7、It is, since 8、The bus has been here for ten minutes.

　　三、汉译英

　　1、Jim has finished doing his homework already. He is free now.

　　2、He received a letter yesterday.

　　3、My father has been to the Great Wall before.

　　4、She hasn't seen the new film yet.

　　5、She has been to Shanghai.

　　6、Where has he been these days？

2009年6月英语四级语法备战-时态篇(过去完成时)

2009-05-14T12:45:00.000+08:00

时态学习

　　谓语动词构成：I/we/you/they had worked; he/she/it had worked

　　(1) 表示过去某一时刻之前已经完成的动作，常与由by，before引导的时间状语连用

　　We had learned 5000 words by the end of last month.

　　到上个月底为止我已经学了五千个单词.

　　I had finished the composition before supper. 晚饭前我就已经把作文写完了.

　　(2) 表示过去某一动作之前已经完成的动作，常与由when，before等连词引导的时间状语从句连用

　　When I woke up it had already stopped raining. 我醒来的时候雨就已经停了.

　　I hadn't learned any English before I came here. 我来这儿之前没学过英语.

　　(3) 用于宾语从句或间接引语中

　　I wondered who had taken the umbrella without permission.

　　我想知道谁不经允许就把雨伞拿去.

　　He told me that he had passed the exam. 他告诉我他已通过考试.

　　(4) 某些动词的过去完成时表示一个打算要做却没有做成的事.

　　I had intended to come over to see you last night, but someone called and I couldn't get away. 昨晚我本打算来看你，但有人来找，脱不开身.

　　We had hoped to catch the early bus, but found it was gone.

　　我们本来希望乘早班车，却发现车已开了.

　　(5) 用于表示与过去事实相反的虚拟条件从句中

　　If you had come yesterday, you would have met him.

　　如果你昨天来的话，你就已经见到他的面了.

　　She would have come if she hadn’t been so busy.

　　要不是这么忙的话，她就已经来了.

　　专项练习

　　一、单选

　　1 When Li Ming hurried home, he found that his mother ____already____to hospital.

　　A has; been sent B had; sent C has; sent D had; been sent

　　2 We ____five English songs by the end of last term.

　　A had learned B learned C have learned D will have learned

　　3 Han Mei told me she _____lunch, so she was very hungry.

　　A has had B hasn't have C have had D hadn't had

　　4 By the end of 1976, many buildings _____built in the city.

　　A have been B have C had been D will

　　5 She _____her keys in the office so she had to wait until her husband ____home.

　　A has left; comes B had left; would come C had left; came D left; had come

　　6 He said that it was at least ten years since I _____a good drink.

　　A had enjoyed B was enjoying C have enjoyed D have been enjoying

　　7 The meeting _____when Mr. Wang _____to school.

　　A has begun; get B has been on; get C had begun; got D had been on; got

　　二、填空

　　1 When I returned home, he _____ (leave).

　　2 By ten yesterday evening, she ________(finish)writing.

　　3 He ______ (study) English for five years before he came here.

　　4 It ____ _____ (stop) raining when I wake up this morning.

　　5 I _____ (not read) the book because I had read it before.

　　6 She said she____ (be) born in 1992.

　　7 When he _____(come) to China two years ago he found people didn't understand him at all though he ________(learn) some Chinese in his own country.

　　8 I saw Han Mei yesterday. We _____(not see) each other since left Beijing.

　　9 When I got to his home, he_____(go) to bed.

　　10 She asked if Mr. Liu _____ already _____(come) back.

　　单选答案：１D 2 A 3 D 4 C 5 C 6 A 7 C

　　填空答案：1 had left 2 had finished 3 had studied 4 had stopped 5 didn't read

　　6 was 7 came had learned 8 hadn't seen 9 had gone 10 had come

　　现在完成时VS过去完成时

　　现在完成时和过去完成时的区别与用法：

　　现在完成时着眼于现在，强调过去发生的某动作对现在造成的影响和结果，或是由过去持续到现在的动作。

　　I have cleaned the classroom .（强调扫地所产生的结果：地干净了！）

　　We have lived here for ten years.（“住”从过去持续到现在的动作用现在完成时）

　　We have lived here since we came here.（“住”是从过去持续到现在的动作用现在完成时）

　　过去完成时则主要体现过去发生的两动作的先后有别，表达的是“过去的过去”，即比过去发生的某动作都还要“过去”，两动作中先发生的就用过去完成时，后发生的则只用一般过去时。运用过去完成时的句子往往有两过去的时间或动作，一定要注意这点哟！

　　Mr Green had lived in New York for ten years before he came to China.("来”中国已过去，而先前“住”在纽约更过去！）（另外注意：“住”在纽约可没有持续到现在哟！）

　　We had learned 1000 words by the end of last term.

　　（“上期期末”已过去，而是在其前“学”的就更过去了！）

　　现在完成时与一般过去时的区别

　　1. 一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的事、存在的状态或经常发生的动作。说话的侧重点只在于陈述一件过去的事情，不强调对“现在”产生的影响。如：

　　He visited Guilin in 1998.他1998年参观过桂林。(只说明去桂林的时间)

　　2. 现在完成时表示动作发生在过去，对现在造成了影响或产生了结果。不与确定的过去时间状语连用。如：

　　Jill has bought a new computer.吉尔买了一台新电脑。（着重点是现在有了一台新电脑）

　　3. 两种时态的区分

　　（1）一般过去时的谓语动词用过去式，而现在完成时的谓语基本构成是“助动词have /has +过去分词”。如：

　　（2）一般过去时通常与表示过去的时间状语连用。如：yesterday, last week, two years ago, just now, in 2002等；而现在完成时则常与just, already, ever, never等副词和these days, this week, since..., for...等表示一段时间的状语连用。

　　看看以下的几组句子，有什么区别？

　　① Have you seen the film?（A）

　　Did you see the film?（B）

　　[说明] 你看过这部电影吗？（A）句强调的是被问者对剧情是否了解；（B）句强调的是看这部电影的动作是否发生过，并不强调是否知道其内容。

　　② How has he done it?(A)

　　How did he do it?(B)

　　[说明]他是怎么做的这件事？(A)句强调的是他做这件事的方式对现在产生了某种影响；(B)句单纯的

　　询问做这件事的方式。

　　③ He has lived in Beijing for 8 years.（A）

　　He lived in Beijing for 8 years.（B）

　　[说明]他在北京住了8年。（A）句讲的是到目前为止他在北京住了8年，可能还会继续在北京住下去。(B)句讲的是他在北京住过8年，现在不在北京了。

听力中容易混淆拼错的151组单词：五

2009-05-14T10:44:00.000+08:00

就算你是在不想背那厚厚一本词汇书，也请你一定要把这篇文章里我总结的这些词汇熟练掌握，这样以来，听力部分的词汇算是过关了，应付四六级考试不会有太大问题了

　　71) commerce 商业 ——commence 开始

　　72) through 通过 ——thorough 彻底的—— (al)though 尽管 ——thought think 过去分词

　　73) purpose 目的 ——suppose 假设 ——propose 建议

　　74) expect 期望—— respect 尊敬—— aspect 方面—— inspect 视察 ——suspect 怀疑　六级必考

　　75) glide 滑翔 ——slide 使滑行—— slip 跌落

　　76) steal 偷 ——steel 钢

　　77) strive 努力—— stride 大步走

　　78) allusion 暗示 ——illusion 幻觉—— delusion 错觉 ——elusion 逃避

　　79) prospect 前景 ——perspective 透视法

　　80) stationery 文具—— stationary 固定的

　　81) loose 松的—— lose 丢失——loss n 损失—— lost lose过去式

　　82) amend 改正, 修正——emend 校正

　　83) amoral unmoral immoral 同义不道德的

　　84) capitol 大厦—— capital 首都

　　85) casual 随便的—— causal 表原因的

　　86) extend 延伸 ——extent 长度 ——extant 现存的

　　87) inability 没能力—— disability 残疾

　　88) personnel 人事—— personal 个人的

　　89) statue 塑像—— statute 法令—— stature 身长 ——status 地位

　　90) widow 寡妇 ——window 窗户

听力中容易混淆拼错的151组单词：四

2009-05-14T10:43:00.000+08:00

就算你是在不想背那厚厚一本词汇书，也请你一定要把这篇文章里我总结的这些词汇熟练掌握，这样以来，听力部分的词汇算是过关了，应付四六级考试不会有太大问题了

　　41) immoral 不道德的 ——immortal 不朽的　我要高分

　　42) lone 孤独的 ——alone 单独的—— lonely 寂寞的

　　43) mortal 不死的—— metal 金属——mental 神经的 medal勋章—— model 模特——meddle 玩弄

　　44) scare 惊吓——- scarce 缺乏的

　　45) drought 天旱 ——draught 通风, 拖拉——draughts (英)国际跳棋

　　47) assure 保证—— ensure 使确定 ——insure 保险

　　48) except 除外 ——expect 期望——accept 接受——excerpt 选录 ——exempt 免除

　　49) floor 地板 ——flour 面粉

　　50) incident 事件—— accident 意外

　　51) inspiration 灵感 ——aspiration 渴望

　　52) march 三月, 前进——match 比赛

　　53) patent 专利 ——potent 有力的—— potential 潜在的

　　54) police 警察——policy 政策—— politics 政治

　　55) protest 抗议——protect 保护

　　56) require 需要 ——inquire 询问——enquire 询问 ——acquire 获得

　　57) revenge 报仇—— avenge 为...报仇

　　58) story 故事 ——storey 楼层 ——store 商店

　　59) strike 打—— stick 坚持——strict 严格的

　　60) expand 扩张 ——expend 花费—— extend 延长

Television is rapidly becoming the literatures of our periods.		1.time/times/period
Many of the arguments having used for the study of literature.		2. ／___________
As a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television.		3.the___________

More people die of tuberculosis (结核病) than of any
other disease caused by a single agent. This has probably
been the case in quite a while. During the early stages of		71. __________
the industrial revolution, perhaps one in every seventh		72. __________
deaths in Europe’s crowded cities were caused by the		73. __________
disease. From now on, though, western eyes, missing the		74. __________
global picture, saw the trouble going into decline. With
occasional breaks for war, the rates of death and
infection in the Europe and America dropped steadily		75. __________
through the 19th and 20th centuries. In the 1950s, the
introduction of antibiotics (抗菌素) strengthened the
trend in rich countries, and the antibiotics were allowed
to be imported to poor countries. Medical researchers		76. __________
declared victory and withdrew.
They are wrong. In the mid-1980s the frequency of		77. __________
infections and deaths started to pick up again around the
world. Where tuberculosis vanished, it came back; in		78. __________
many places where it had never been away, it grew better.		79. __________
The World Health Organization estimates that 1.7
billion people (a third of the earth’s population) suffer
from tuberculosis. Even the infection rate was
falling, population growth kept the number of clinical
cases more or less constantly at 8 million a year. Around		80. __________
3 million of those people died, nearly all of them in poor
countries.